Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Graph Theory

345 missions · 141 completed

Missions

Open204Completed141All345
Markov ChainOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Routing Betweenness Centrality: Under Source-Oblivious Loop-Free Routing, the Betweenness of a Node Sequence Is a Sum over Targets of Chained Pairwise DependenciesResearch Paper

Motivation

Betweenness centrality measures how much of the communication in a network passes through a node. Freeman's original measure (Freeman 1977) counts the fraction of shortest paths between each pair of nodes that pass through it, and Brandes' algorithm (Brandes 2001) made it computable on large graphs. Variants replace shortest paths by maximum flows (Freeman, Borgatti and White 1991), random walks (Newman 2005) or load-splitting rules (Goh, Kahng and Kim 2001), and group variants measure the traffic that passes through a set of nodes (Everett and Borgatti 1999).

Dolev, Elovici and Puzis (technical report 2009, J. ACM 2010) define routing betweenness centrality (RBC): given the actual routing scheme of a communication network and its traffic matrix, the RBC of a node is the expected number of packets that pass through it. Each of the measures above is a special choice of routing scheme. The application is the placement of traffic monitors: the RBC of an ordered sequence of monitors is the expected number of packets sampled by all of them in order, which measures, for example, redundant inspection along a path.

Setting

Let VVV be a finite set of nodes. A routing scheme assigns to every source sss, current node uuu, next node vvv and target ttt a number R(s,u,v,t)R(s,u,v,t)R(s,u,v,t), the probability that uuu forwards to vvv a packet with source address sss and target address ttt. Routing decisions are independent. The scheme is assumed to be

  • nonnegative;
  • total: every node u≠tu\ne tu=t forwards a packet targeted at ttt with total probability one, ∑vR(s,u,v,t)=1\sum_v R(s,u,v,t)=1∑v​R(s,u,v,t)=1, and the target forwards nothing;
  • loop-free: for every pair (s,t)(s,t)(s,t) the directed graph with an arc a→ba\to ba→b whenever R(s,a,b,t)>0R(s,a,b,t)>0R(s,a,b,t)>0 is acyclic;
  • source-oblivious where stated: R(s,u,v,t)R(s,u,v,t)R(s,u,v,t) does not depend on sss.

A route from sss to ttt is a sequence of nodes from sss to ttt whose every hop has positive forwarding probability; its probability is the product of the hop probabilities. For nodes s,t,vs,t,vs,t,v and a sequence S=(s1,…,sk)S=(s_1,\dots,s_k)S=(s1​,…,sk​):

  • the pairwise dependency δs,t(v)\delta_{s,t}(v)δs,t​(v) is the total probability of the routes from sss to ttt that visit vvv;
  • the sequence dependency δ~s,t(S)\tilde\delta_{s,t}(S)δ~s,t​(S) is the total probability of the routes from sss to ttt that visit s1s_1s1​, then s2s_2s2​, …, then sks_ksk​ (consecutive repetitions in SSS collapsed).

A traffic matrix T(s,t)T(s,t)T(s,t) gives the number of packets sent from sss to ttt, and sampling rates ρv∈[0,1]\rho_v\in[0,1]ρv​∈[0,1] give the fraction of passing packets a monitor at vvv samples. The target dependency is δ∙,t(v)=∑sδs,t(v)T(s,t)\delta_{\bullet,t}(v)=\sum_{s}\delta_{s,t}(v)T(s,t)δ∙,t​(v)=∑s​δs,t​(v)T(s,t), and the RBC of the sequence SρS_\rhoSρ​ of distinct nodes is

δ~∙,∙(Sρ)=∏r∈Sρr⋅∑s,t∈Vδ~s,t(S) T(s,t).\tilde\delta_{\bullet,\bullet}(S_\rho)=\prod_{r\in S}\rho_r\cdot\sum_{s,t\in V}\tilde\delta_{s,t}(S)\,T(s,t).δ~∙,∙​(Sρ​)=r∈S∏​ρr​⋅s,t∈V∑​δ~s,t​(S)T(s,t).

Formalization targets

Goal: sequence RBC as a sum over targets of chained dependencies

For a source-oblivious scheme and a sequence S=(s1,…,sk)S=(s_1,\dots,s_k)S=(s1​,…,sk​) of distinct nodes, k≥1k\ge1k≥1,

∏r∈Sρr⋅∑s,t∈Vδ~s,t(S) T(s,t)=∑t∈Vδ∙,t(s1) ρs1∏i=1k−1δsi,t(si+1) ρsi+1.\prod_{r\in S}\rho_r\cdot\sum_{s,t\in V}\tilde\delta_{s,t}(S)\,T(s,t)=\sum_{t\in V}\delta_{\bullet,t}(s_1)\,\rho_{s_1}\prod_{i=1}^{k-1}\delta_{s_i,t}(s_{i+1})\,\rho_{s_{i+1}}.r∈S∏​ρr​⋅s,t∈V∑​δ~s,t​(S)T(s,t)=t∈V∑​δ∙,t​(s1​)ρs1​​i=1∏k−1​δsi​,t​(si+1​)ρsi+1​​.

The right side is the value returned by the paper's Algorithm 6. The identity contains no running time and no constant: it states the exact equality the algorithm relies on.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1: for a loop-free scheme (not necessarily source-oblivious), two different orderings of the same set of nodes cannot both have positive sequence dependency.
  2. Lemma 1 (Dependency chaining): for s≠ts\ne ts=t, δ~s,t((s1,…,sk))=δs,t(s1)⋅δ~s1,t((s2,…,sk))\tilde\delta_{s,t}((s_1,\dots,s_k))=\delta_{s,t}(s_1)\cdot\tilde\delta_{s_1,t}((s_2,\dots,s_k))δ~s,t​((s1​,…,sk​))=δs,t​(s1​)⋅δ~s1​,t​((s2​,…,sk​)).
  3. Eq. (16): for s≠ts\ne ts=t, δ~s,t((s1,…,sk))=δs,t(s1)∏i=2kδsi−1,t(si)\tilde\delta_{s,t}((s_1,\dots,s_k))=\delta_{s,t}(s_1)\prod_{i=2}^k\delta_{s_{i-1},t}(s_i)δ~s,t​((s1​,…,sk​))=δs,t​(s1​)∏i=2k​δsi−1​,t​(si​).
  4. Eq. (17): δ~∙,t((s1,…,sk))=δ∙,t(s1)∏i=2kδsi−1,t(si)\tilde\delta_{\bullet,t}((s_1,\dots,s_k))=\delta_{\bullet,t}(s_1)\prod_{i=2}^k\delta_{s_{i-1},t}(s_i)δ~∙,t​((s1​,…,sk​))=δ∙,t​(s1​)∏i=2k​δsi−1​,t​(si​).
  5. Eq. (1) (off the goal's path): δs,t(s)=1\delta_{s,t}(s)=1δs,t​(s)=1 and δs,t(v)=∑uδs,t(u)R(s,u,v,t)\delta_{s,t}(v)=\sum_{u}\delta_{s,t}(u)R(s,u,v,t)δs,t​(v)=∑u​δs,t​(u)R(s,u,v,t) for v≠sv\ne sv=s, the sum over predecessors uuu of vvv.
  6. Eq. (9) (off the goal's path): δ∙,t(v)=T(v,t)+∑uδ∙,t(u)R(⊘,u,v,t)\delta_{\bullet,t}(v)=T(v,t)+\sum_u\delta_{\bullet,t}(u)R(\oslash,u,v,t)δ∙,t​(v)=T(v,t)+∑u​δ∙,t​(u)R(⊘,u,v,t) for source-oblivious schemes.

Significance

The goal reduces the RBC of a sequence of kkk monitors to O(nk)O(nk)O(nk) arithmetic on precomputed single-node quantities, instead of a pass over the routing graph of every source–target pair. This is what makes repeated evaluation of candidate monitor sequences, as in greedy or search-based placement, affordable on large networks. Eqs. (1) and (9) are the recursions behind the paper's algorithms for the RBC of single nodes; Eq. (9) replaces the loop over all source–target pairs by a loop over targets.

The paper's proof of Lemma 1 is an argument about conditional probabilities of informally described events. A formalization fixes what "the probability that a packet passes through SSS" means, as a sum over a finite set of routes, and checks the factorization against that definition, including the corner cases the prose passes over: sequences with repeated nodes, a first node equal to the source or to the target, and the source s=ts=ts=t in the sum over all sources. No machine-checked version of these identities is known.

Difficulty

Dependency chaining is a Markov property: after the packet reaches s1s_1s1​, its future does not depend on its past. The obvious argument splits every route through s1s_1s1​ into a prefix ending at s1s_1s1​ and a suffix starting there. Two points need care. First, the suffix must be a route of a packet with source s1s_1s1​, which is where source-obliviousness enters; for source-dependent routing the lemma is false. Second, the prefix probabilities must sum to δs,t(s1)\delta_{s,t}(s_1)δs,t​(s1​) while the suffix probabilities sum to one, which requires that no packet is lost: this is where totality of the forwarding probabilities and loop-freeness (every walk reaches the target in at most ∣V∣|V|∣V∣ steps) are needed. The passage from Lemma 1 to the goal then requires the sum over all sources, including s=ts=ts=t, where Lemma 1 does not apply.

Formalization scope

Nodes form a type V with [Fintype V] [DecidableEq V]; probabilities, traffic and sampling rates are real numbers; sequences are Lean lists, indexed from 000. Routes are repetition-free lists, and every dependency is a finite sum over them; no infinite sums, suprema or measure theory are used. The definitions file bundles the standing assumptions in IsRoutingScheme and source-obliviousness in IsSourceOblivious.

The paper's probabilities are informal. The following readings are explicit:

  • every non-target node forwards with total probability one (implicit in the paper; without it Lemma 1 fails);
  • the target forwards nothing;
  • the paper's convention R(⊘,v,v,⊘)=1R(\oslash,v,v,\oslash)=1R(⊘,v,v,⊘)=1 is not adopted (it contradicts loop-freeness); collapsing consecutive repetitions in SSS reproduces its only use;
  • the "don't care" source ⊘\oslash⊘ of Eq. (9) is an arbitrary fixed node, harmless under source-obliviousness;
  • the printed index slips in Eqs. (16) and (17) are corrected;
  • no sign condition is imposed on TTT; 0≤ρv≤10\le\rho_v\le10≤ρv​≤1 is kept in the goal as on the page.

Defining δ~\tilde\deltaδ~ by the recursion (3) or the product (16), the target sequence dependency by (17), or the sequence RBC as the sum over targets of the chained product would make the goal true by definition; every dependency here is a sum of route probabilities, and the RBC of a sequence is the double sum of Eq. (4).

The running-time claims of the paper are out of scope. Lemma 2 of the paper (p. 17) is false as printed for a nonempty monitor set and is not posed. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a general lemma that the total route probability from any node is one under a total loop-free scheme (reusable for absorbing Markov chains on finite DAGs), and the prefix–suffix decomposition of routes.

Selected references

  • S. Dolev, Y. Elovici, R. Puzis, Routing Betweenness Centrality, Technical Report #2009-09, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, 2009; J. ACM 57(4), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1145/1734213.1734219
  • L. C. Freeman, A set of measures of centrality based on betweenness, Sociometry 40(1), 1977. https://doi.org/10.2307/3033543
  • U. Brandes, A faster algorithm for betweenness centrality, J. Math. Sociology 25(2), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1080/0022250X.2001.9990249
  • L. C. Freeman, S. P. Borgatti, D. R. White, Centrality in valued graphs: a measure of betweenness based on network flow, Social Networks 13, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1016/0378-8733(91)90017-N
  • M. E. J. Newman, A measure of betweenness centrality based on random walks, Social Networks 27, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socnet.2004.11.009
  • K.-I. Goh, B. Kahng, D. Kim, Universal behavior of load distribution in scale-free networks, Phys. Rev. Lett. 87, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.87.278701
  • M. G. Everett, S. P. Borgatti, The centrality of groups and classes, J. Math. Sociology 23(3), 1999. https://doi.org/10.1080/0022250X.1999.9990219
8 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

A c^k n 5-Approximation Algorithm for Treewidth 1: If tw(G) ≤ k, Pushed Terminal Separations Around a 3/4-Balanced Separation Glue to a Separation of Order k+1 with Sides ≤ 7/8|V|+(|B|+k+1)/2Research Paper

Motivation

Treewidth measures how closely a graph resembles a tree. Many problems that are NP-hard on general graphs can be solved in time linear in the number of vertices once a tree decomposition of bounded width is available, so computing such decompositions quickly is a basic task in algorithmic graph theory. Bodlaender, Drange, Dregi, Fomin, Lokshtanov and Pilipczuk (SIAM J. Comput. 45(2), 2016) gave an algorithm that, for a graph GGG on nnn vertices and an integer kkk, either reports that the treewidth of GGG exceeds kkk or returns a tree decomposition of width at most 5k+45k+45k+4, in time 2O(k)n2^{O(k)} n2O(k)n.

The paper's headline is that algorithm, a statement about pseudo-code and running times. This mission does not formalize it. It formalizes one of the paper's combinatorial lemmas, Lemma 6.5 (p. 369), which the algorithm's data structure uses to answer its balanced-separator query: it turns the search for a small balanced separator into two maximization problems that a dynamic program can solve.

Timeline. Robertson and Seymour (Graph Minors II, J. Algorithms 7, 1986) proved that graphs of treewidth kkk have balanced separators of size k+1k+1k+1 (Lemma 2.1 of the paper). Robertson and Seymour (Graph Minors XIII, 1995) used it in an O(33kn2)O(3^{3k} n^2)O(33kn2) approximation algorithm, Reed (1992) improved the dependence on nnn to nlog⁡nn \log nnlogn, and Bodlaender et al. (2016) reached linear time with a single-exponential dependence on kkk.

Setting

All graphs are finite and simple. For X⊆V(G)X \subseteq V(G)X⊆V(G), G∖XG \setminus XG∖X is the graph obtained by deleting XXX; its components are the vertex sets of its connected components.

A separation of GGG is a partition (L,X,R)(L, X, R)(L,X,R) of V(G)V(G)V(G) (parts may be empty) such that no edge of GGG joins LLL to RRR. Its order is ∣X∣|X|∣X∣. It is α\alphaα-balanced if ∣L∣,∣R∣≤α∣V(G)∣|L|, |R| \le \alpha|V(G)|∣L∣,∣R∣≤α∣V(G)∣.

For W⊆V(G)W \subseteq V(G)W⊆V(G) and sets of terminals TL,TRT_L, T_RTL​,TR​, a terminal separation of the induced subgraph G[W]G[W]G[W] of order ℓ\ellℓ (Definition 6.4) is a partition (L,X,R)(L, X, R)(L,X,R) of WWW with

TL⊆L,TR⊆R,no edge between L and R,∣X∣≤ℓ.T_L \subseteq L,\qquad T_R \subseteq R,\qquad \text{no edge between } L \text{ and } R,\qquad |X| \le \ell.TL​⊆L,TR​⊆R,no edge between L and R,∣X∣≤ℓ.

It is left-pushed if ∣L∣|L|∣L∣ is maximum, and right-pushed if ∣R∣|R|∣R∣ is maximum, among all terminal separations of G[W]G[W]G[W] of order ℓ\ellℓ with the same terminals.

The treewidth tw(G)\mathrm{tw}(G)tw(G) is the least width of a tree decomposition of GGG (Definition 1.1), where the width is the largest bag size minus one.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 6.5

Let tw(G)≤k\mathrm{tw}(G) \le ktw(G)≤k and let (A1,B,A2)(A_1, B, A_2)(A1​,B,A2​) be a separation of GGG with ∣A1∣,∣A2∣≤34∣V(G)∣|A_1|, |A_2| \le \tfrac34|V(G)|∣A1​∣,∣A2​∣≤43​∣V(G)∣. Then there are a partition (TL,XB,TR)(T_L, X_B, T_R)(TL​,XB​,TR​) of BBB and integers k1,k2k_1, k_2k1​,k2​ with k1+k2+∣XB∣≤k+1k_1 + k_2 + |X_B| \le k+1k1​+k2​+∣XB​∣≤k+1 such that, for Gi=G[Ai∪(B∖XB)]G_i = G[A_i \cup (B \setminus X_B)]Gi​=G[Ai​∪(B∖XB​)] with terminals TL,TRT_L, T_RTL​,TR​,

  1. G1G_1G1​ and G2G_2G2​ have terminal separations of orders k1k_1k1​ and k2k_2k2​;
  2. for every left-pushed (L1,X1,R1)(L_1, X_1, R_1)(L1​,X1​,R1​) of order k1k_1k1​ in G1G_1G1​ and every right-pushed (L2,X2,R2)(L_2, X_2, R_2)(L2​,X2​,R2​) of order k2k_2k2​ in G2G_2G2​, the triple (L1∪TL∪L2, X1∪XB∪X2, R1∪TR∪R2)(L_1 \cup T_L \cup L_2,\ X_1 \cup X_B \cup X_2,\ R_1 \cup T_R \cup R_2)(L1​∪TL​∪L2​, X1​∪XB​∪X2​, R1​∪TR​∪R2​) is a terminal separation of GGG of order at most k+1k+1k+1 with
∣L1∪TL∪L2∣, ∣R1∪TR∪R2∣≤78∣V(G)∣+∣B∣+(k+1)2.|L_1 \cup T_L \cup L_2|,\ |R_1 \cup T_R \cup R_2| \le \tfrac78|V(G)| + \frac{|B| + (k+1)}{2}.∣L1​∪TL​∪L2​∣, ∣R1​∪TR​∪R2​∣≤87​∣V(G)∣+2∣B∣+(k+1)​.

Milestones

In the order of the proof, the milestones are: Lemma 2.1 (balanced SSS-separators of size k+1k+1k+1, cited from Graph Minors II); the packing step of the proof sketch of Lemma 2.2 (components holding at most 12∣S∣\tfrac12|S|21​∣S∣ of SSS each split into two sides holding at most 23∣S∣\tfrac23|S|32​∣S∣ each); the folklore 23\tfrac2332​-balanced separation of order k+1k+1k+1; the restriction of that separation to G1,G2G_1, G_2G1​,G2​, which gives part (i); four lower bounds on ∣L∩Ai∣|L \cap A_i|∣L∩Ai​∣, ∣R∩Ai∣|R \cap A_i|∣R∩Ai​∣; the dichotomy that two opposite "quadrants" have at least 18∣V(G)∣−∣B∣+(k+1)2\tfrac18|V(G)| - \tfrac{|B|+(k+1)}{2}81​∣V(G)∣−2∣B∣+(k+1)​ vertices each; the comparison of pushed separations with the restricted one; and the gluing step of part (ii).

Significance

Lemma 6.5 is what makes the paper's balanced-separator query computable: given a bag BBB that splits a component in a balanced way, a left-pushed and a right-pushed terminal separation are each the solution of a maximization problem, and the lemma guarantees that gluing them gives a separator of order k+1k+1k+1 whose sides are bounded away from ∣V(G)∣|V(G)|∣V(G)∣. The 78\tfrac7887​ constant feeds into the approximation ratio of the whole algorithm.

The proof is complete in the paper and elementary given Lemma 2.1. No part of it is formalized in Lean's Mathlib or, as far as a search of the Prove2Me catalog shows, on the platform. Lemma 2.1 itself, Robertson and Seymour's balanced-separator theorem for bounded treewidth, is not in Mathlib; a machine-checked proof of it would be reusable wherever treewidth separators are used (divide-and-conquer on tree decompositions, Lipton–Tarjan style arguments, grid-minor theorems).

Difficulty

Everything after Lemma 2.1 is counting with partitions, but the bookkeeping is the obstacle: the two separations (A1,B,A2)(A_1, B, A_2)(A1​,B,A2​) and (L,X,R)(L, X, R)(L,X,R) cut V(G)V(G)V(G) into nine pieces, the induced subgraphs G1,G2G_1, G_2G1​,G2​ overlap on B∖XBB \setminus X_BB∖XB​, and pushedness is a maximum over a family of partitions of a subset, not of V(G)V(G)V(G).

Lemma 2.1 is the hard milestone. It is a statement about tree decompositions, and any proof has to relate subtrees of the decomposition tree to components of G∖XG \setminus XG∖X for a bag XXX, infrastructure that does not yet exist in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

  • Vertices. A finite type V : Type with decidable equality; vertex sets are Finset V, V(G)V(G)V(G) is Finset.univ, ∣V(G)∣|V(G)|∣V(G)∣ is Fintype.card V. Universe 0 matches the published definition of treewidth.
  • Treewidth. "tw(G)≤k\mathrm{tw}(G) \le ktw(G)≤k" is the published RobertsonSeymour1986.GM5.TreewidthLE G k: a decomposition tree on a finite type whose bags have at most k+1k+1k+1 vertices. Definition 1.1 roots the tree; rooting does not change the width.
  • Components of G∖XG \setminus XG∖X. The component of u∉Xu \notin Xu∈/X is avoidComp G X u: the vertices reachable from uuu by a walk of GGG none of whose vertices, endpoints included, lies in XXX.
  • Partitions are pairwise disjoint triples with the given union; empty parts are allowed.
  • Induced subgraphs G[W]G[W]G[W] are encoded by their vertex set WWW: a terminal separation of G[W]G[W]G[W] is a partition of WWW, with GGG's adjacency restricted to WWW. Pushedness maximizes over partitions of WWW only.
  • "Of order ℓ\ellℓ" means ∣X∣≤ℓ|X| \le \ell∣X∣≤ℓ, as in Definition 6.4 (iii).
  • Arithmetic. Bounds with fractions or subtraction (34\tfrac3443​, 23\tfrac2332​, 78\tfrac7887​, 18∣V(G)∣−∣B∣+(k+1)2\tfrac18|V(G)| - \tfrac{|B|+(k+1)}{2}81​∣V(G)∣−2∣B∣+(k+1)​) are stated over R\mathbb RR; bounds without subtraction may be cleared of denominators in N\mathbb NN (2∣C∩S∣≤∣S∣2|C \cap S| \le |S|2∣C∩S∣≤∣S∣, 3∣L′∩S∣≤2∣S∣3|L' \cap S| \le 2|S|3∣L′∩S∣≤2∣S∣).
  • Corrections of the page. The printed bound of Lemma 6.5 has ∣X∣|X|∣X∣ where the proof derives ∣B∣|B|∣B∣; the goal states ∣B∣|B|∣B∣. The proof's "14\tfrac1441​- and 13\tfrac1331​-balanced" means 34\tfrac3443​ and 23\tfrac2332​; the milestone uses the latter.

Part (i) is part of the goal: without it, left- and right-pushed separations of the chosen orders might not exist and part (ii) would hold vacuously. Choosing XB=BX_B = BXB​=B does not trivialize the goal, because the size bound and the budget k1+k2+∣XB∣≤k+1k_1 + k_2 + |X_B| \le k+1k1​+k2​+∣XB​∣≤k+1 must hold simultaneously.

Welcome contributions: a proof of Lemma 2.1 from tree decompositions (reusable on its own), the packing lemma, and the counting milestones of the proof of Lemma 6.5.

Selected references

  • H. L. Bodlaender, P. G. Drange, M. S. Dregi, F. V. Fomin, D. Lokshtanov, M. Pilipczuk, A cknc^k nckn 5-approximation algorithm for treewidth, SIAM J. Comput. 45(2):317–378, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1137/130947374
  • N. Robertson, P. D. Seymour, Graph minors. II. Algorithmic aspects of tree-width, J. Algorithms 7(3):309–322, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-6774(86)90023-4
  • N. Robertson, P. D. Seymour, Graph minors. XIII. The disjoint paths problem, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 63(1):65–110, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1006/jctb.1995.1006
  • B. A. Reed, Finding approximate separators and computing tree width quickly, STOC 1992, 221–228. https://doi.org/10.1145/129712.129734
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Combinatorics·Captain: mikedeng1

Three-Coloring and List Three-Coloring of Graphs Without Induced Paths on Seven Vertices 1: Every Connected P₇-Free Graph Has a Connected 2-Dominating Set of at Most Three Vertices or a K₄Research Paper

Motivation

Graph coloring asks whether vertices can be assigned colors so that adjacent vertices receive different colors. Restricting the graphs by forbidden induced paths can expose structure that is absent from general graphs. Bonomo, Chudnovsky, Maceli, Schaudt, Stein and Zhong study list three-coloring when the graph has no induced path on seven vertices, building on earlier work on coloring graphs with shorter forbidden induced paths. Their paper proves an algorithmic result, but its treatment also uses a purely graph-theoretic statement: a connected P7P_7P7​-free graph has a small connected set that reaches every vertex within two steps, unless the graph contains a four-vertex clique. This mission isolates that statement as Corollary 5 of the paper.

The structural input to the corollary is a theorem of Camby and Schaudt about connected dominating sets in PtP_tPt​-free graphs, quoted as Theorem 4 in the coloring paper. That result applies to every allowed path length ttt, rather than only to the seven-vertex case. It is a milestone here in the precise form printed in the source article. The Camby–Schaudt paper develops connected domination as a characterization of graphs without long induced paths.

Setting

A simple graph GGG has a vertex set V(G)V(G)V(G) and an undirected edge relation with no loops. The graphs in this mission are finite. The path PtP_tPt​ has ttt vertices and consecutive vertices adjacent. A graph is PtP_tPt​-free when it has no induced subgraph isomorphic to PtP_tPt​: the graph may contain a path with ttt vertices as a non-induced subgraph if extra edges join vertices of that path. This distinction matters throughout the source paper.

For a vertex set SSS, its open neighborhood N(S)N(S)N(S) consists of vertices outside SSS with a neighbor in SSS. Write Sˉ=S∪N(S)\bar S=S\cup N(S)Sˉ=S∪N(S). The set SSS is dominating when Sˉ=V(G)\bar S=V(G)Sˉ=V(G), so each vertex lies in SSS or has an edge to SSS. It is 2-dominating when Sˉ‾=V(G)\overline{\bar S}=V(G)Sˉ=V(G), meaning each vertex is at graph distance at most two from some vertex of SSS. A dominating or 2-dominating set is connected when the subgraph G[S]G[S]G[S] induced by SSS is connected. In this mission, connectedness includes nonemptiness, as in the paper's use of such sets.

A clique of size four is a set of four pairwise adjacent vertices. The notation K4⊆GK_4\subseteq GK4​⊆G below asserts the existence of such a set. Since all edges between those four vertices are present, it is also an induced complete subgraph. The notation G[S]≅Pt−2G[S]\cong P_{t-2}G[S]≅Pt−2​ means there is a graph isomorphism from the induced graph on SSS to that path.

Formalization targets

Corollary 5: a small connected 2-dominating set or a clique

For a finite, connected, P7P_7P7​-free graph GGG, the goal is

(∃S⊆V(G):∣S∣≤3,  G[S] connected,  Sˉ‾=V(G))∨K4⊆G.\left(\exists S\subseteq V(G): |S|\le 3,\;G[S]\text{ connected},\; \overline{\bar S}=V(G)\right)\quad\lor\quad K_4\subseteq G.(∃S⊆V(G):∣S∣≤3,G[S] connected,Sˉ=V(G))∨K4​⊆G.

The four-vertex clique is a genuine alternative in the claim; the mission does not assume its absence. The result is the first, structural sentence of Corollary 5. Its following sentence gives a running time for finding the set or clique and is outside this mission.

Theorem 4: connected domination across forbidden path lengths

For every t≥3t\ge 3t≥3, the cited theorem asserts that each finite connected PtP_tPt​-free graph has a connected dominating set SSS for which

G[S] is Pt−2-free∨G[S]≅Pt−2.G[S]\text{ is }P_{t-2}\text{-free}\quad\lor\quad G[S]\cong P_{t-2}.G[S] is Pt−2​-free∨G[S]≅Pt−2​.

The other milestones are statements identified in the proof of Corollary 5: a connected P3P_3P3​-free graph is complete, domination inside a dominating set yields 2-domination in the original graph, and the three non-leaf vertices work when the induced dominating graph is a P5P_5P5​. These are listed in the paper's order of use, with the quoted theorem also available as a separate target.

Significance

Corollary 5 gives a bounded set of vertices from which the rest of a connected P7P_7P7​-free graph can be reached in two steps, except when a K4K_4K4​ is present. Its bound is the concrete number three, independent of graph size. In the coloring paper this supplies a small structural seed for later restrictions on vertex palettes. A formal statement of the corollary makes that finite structural claim available independently of any coloring algorithm.

Theorem 4 has broader reuse: it links forbidden induced paths to connected dominating sets for general ttt. The remaining milestones isolate the graph facts needed to connect this general result to the seven-vertex corollary. The article and the cited theorem provide mathematical proofs; these Lean declarations are open theorem statements, with machine-checked proofs still to be supplied. This mission therefore asks for formal proofs of known graph-theoretic results, not for a new resolution of an open mathematical problem.

Difficulty

The difficult step is finding a connected dominating set whose induced graph has the much stronger path restriction in Theorem 4. Ordinary domination by itself does not impose that restriction, and replacing induced-path exclusion with exclusion of all paths would change the class of graphs. The later cases require careful handling of connectedness and the passage from domination within G[S]G[S]G[S] to distance-two domination in GGG. These issues are mathematical as well as formal: an empty set or a merely preconnected induced graph would erase the intended content.

Formalization scope

Lean represents GGG as SimpleGraph V with a finite vertex type. Vertex sets are Finset V; PtP_tPt​ is Mathlib's pathGraph t; PtP_tPt​-freeness is the absence of an induced copy using IsIndContained. The definitions of N(S)N(S)N(S), Sˉ\bar SSˉ, domination and 2-domination are shared within P7ThreeColor.Seed. A connected induced graph uses Connected, which requires at least one vertex. Four-clique existence is ¬ G.CliqueFree 4. The only added standing convention is finiteness, implicit in the source's graph algorithm and finite cardinalities. No extra colorability or clique-free hypothesis is attached to the goal.

The running-time claim in the second sentence of Corollary 5 and the paper's headline Theorem 1 are not formalized because this mission has no machine model. A statement that merely postulates a small set as a hypothesis, or substitutes ordinary domination for 2-domination, would miss the result. Contributions are welcome for proofs of the goal and milestones, reusable facts about induced paths and connected domination, and auxiliary Mathlib lemmas needed to cross between graph isomorphisms, induced subgraphs and finite sets.

Selected references

  • F. Bonomo, M. Chudnovsky, P. Maceli, O. Schaudt, M. Stein and M. Zhong, Three-coloring and list three-coloring of graphs without induced paths on seven vertices, Combinatorica, OnlineFirst 2017, DOI: 10.1007/s00493-017-3553-8.
  • E. Camby and O. Schaudt, A new characterization of PkP_kPk​-free graphs, Algorithmica 75 (2016), 205–217, DOI: 10.1007/s00453-015-9989-6; arXiv:1402.7213.
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Graphon Mean Field Systems II: The Empirical Measure of the Dense Graphon-Weighted Particle System Converges in Probability to the Averaged Graphon LawResearch Paper

Interacting diffusions on large weighted graphs

Classical mean field theory describes nnn exchangeable diffusions, each interacting with the empirical average of all the others. As n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞ the particles become independent copies of a McKean–Vlasov process (propagation of chaos). Many systems of interest are not exchangeable. Particles sit at the vertices of a network and interact only with their neighbours, as in models of opinion dynamics, epidemics on contact networks, synchronisation of oscillators and systemic risk in financial networks. When the network is dense and its adjacency structure converges, the natural limit object is a graphon, a symmetric measurable function G:[0,1]2→[0,1]G:[0,1]^2\to[0,1]G:[0,1]2→[0,1] that encodes the limiting edge density between "positions" u,v∈[0,1]u,v\in[0,1]u,v∈[0,1] (Lovász, Large Networks and Graph Limits, 2012).

Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu (Ann. Appl. Probab. 33(5), 2023) develop a law of large numbers for such systems. This mission formalizes their second main result, Theorem 3.1. Under cut-metric convergence of the interaction kernels, the empirical measure of the nnn-particle system converges in probability to the averaged law of a continuum graphon particle system. Related work includes Bhamidi, Budhiraja and Wu (Stochastic Process. Appl., 2019) on weakly interacting particles on inhomogeneous random graphs, Coppini, Dietert and Giacomin (Stoch. Dyn., 2020) on Erdős–Rényi graphs, and Bet, Coppini and Nardi (arXiv:2006.07670) on oscillators on dense random graphs.

Setting

Write I=[0,1]I=[0,1]I=[0,1] with Lebesgue measure and fix a horizon T>0T>0T>0. Let Cd=C([0,T]:Rd)\mathcal C_d=C([0,T]:\mathbb R^d)Cd​=C([0,T]:Rd) with the uniform norm ∥x∥∗,T=sup⁡s≤T∣xs∣\|x\|_{*,T}=\sup_{s\le T}|x_s|∥x∥∗,T​=sups≤T​∣xs​∣. On one probability space take independent initial states Xu(0)X_u(0)Xu​(0) with laws μu(0)\mu_u(0)μu​(0) and independent ddd-dimensional Brownian motions BuB_uBu​, for all u∈Iu\in Iu∈I. The graphon particle system (2.1) for a graphon GGG and Lipschitz coefficients b,σb,\sigmab,σ is the continuum of nonlinear diffusions

Xu(t)=Xu(0)+∫0t ⁣ ⁣∫I ⁣∫Rdb(Xu(s),x)G(u,v) μv,s(dx) dv ds+∫0t ⁣ ⁣∫I ⁣∫Rdσ(Xu(s),x)G(u,v) μv,s(dx) dv dBu(s),X_u(t)=X_u(0)+\int_0^t\!\!\int_I\!\int_{\mathbb R^d}b(X_u(s),x)G(u,v)\,\mu_{v,s}(dx)\,dv\,ds+\int_0^t\!\!\int_I\!\int_{\mathbb R^d}\sigma(X_u(s),x)G(u,v)\,\mu_{v,s}(dx)\,dv\,dB_u(s),Xu​(t)=Xu​(0)+∫0t​∫I​∫Rd​b(Xu​(s),x)G(u,v)μv,s​(dx)dvds+∫0t​∫I​∫Rd​σ(Xu​(s),x)G(u,v)μv,s​(dx)dvdBu​(s),

where μv,s\mu_{v,s}μv,s​ is the law of Xv(s)X_v(s)Xv​(s). Write μu∈P(Cd)\mu_u\in\mathcal P(\mathcal C_d)μu​∈P(Cd​) for the path law of XuX_uXu​ and μˉ=∫Iμu du\bar\mu=\int_I\mu_u\,duμˉ​=∫I​μu​du for the averaged law.

The nnn-particle system (3.1) places particle iii at label i/ni/ni/n, starts it at Xi/n(0)X_{i/n}(0)Xi/n​(0), drives it by Bi/nB_{i/n}Bi/n​, and weights its interaction with particle jjj by ξijn\xi^n_{ij}ξijn​:

Xin(t)=Xi/n(0)+∫0t1n∑j=1nξijn b(Xin(s),Xjn(s)) ds+∫0t1n∑j=1nξijn σ(Xin(s),Xjn(s)) dBi/n(s).X^n_i(t)=X_{i/n}(0)+\int_0^t\frac1n\sum_{j=1}^n\xi^n_{ij}\,b(X^n_i(s),X^n_j(s))\,ds+\int_0^t\frac1n\sum_{j=1}^n\xi^n_{ij}\,\sigma(X^n_i(s),X^n_j(s))\,dB_{i/n}(s).Xin​(t)=Xi/n​(0)+∫0t​n1​j=1∑n​ξijn​b(Xin​(s),Xjn​(s))ds+∫0t​n1​j=1∑n​ξijn​σ(Xin​(s),Xjn​(s))dBi/n​(s).

The weights come from a step graphon GnG_nGn​, constant on the squares of the nnn-grid. Either ξijn=Gn(i/n,j/n)\xi^n_{ij}=G_n(i/n,j/n)ξijn​=Gn​(i/n,j/n), or ξijn=ξjin\xi^n_{ij}=\xi^n_{ji}ξijn​=ξjin​ are independent Bernoulli(Gn(i/n,j/n))(G_n(i/n,j/n))(Gn​(i/n,j/n)) variables for i≤ji\le ji≤j, independent of the noise (Condition 3.1). The kernels converge in the cut norm ∥W∥□=sup⁡S,T∣∫S×TW∣\|W\|_\square=\sup_{S,T}\big|\int_{S\times T}W\big|∥W∥□​=supS,T​​∫S×T​W​. Two further norms appear: the operator norm ∥W∥=sup⁡∥g∥∞≤1∫I∣∫IW(u,v)g(v) dv∣ du\|W\|=\sup_{\|g\|_\infty\le1}\int_I|\int_I W(u,v)g(v)\,dv|\,du∥W∥=sup∥g∥∞​≤1​∫I​∣∫I​W(u,v)g(v)dv∣du, and the Wasserstein-2 distance W2,TW_{2,T}W2,T​ on P(Cd)\mathcal P(\mathcal C_d)P(Cd​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

Assume the initial laws are measurable in uuu with a uniform (2+ε)(2+\varepsilon)(2+ε)-moment and b,σb,\sigmab,σ are Lipschitz (Condition 2.1). Assume u↦μu(0)u\mapsto\mu_u(0)u↦μu​(0) is W2W_2W2​-continuous on each interval of a finite cover of III (Condition 2.2(a)), and that Condition 3.1 holds with Gn→GG_n\to GGn​→G in the cut metric. Then

μn:=1n∑i=1nδXin⟶μˉin P(Cd) in probability.\mu^n:=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\delta_{X^n_i}\longrightarrow\bar\mu\quad\text{in }\mathcal P(\mathcal C_d)\text{ in probability}.μn:=n1​i=1∑n​δXin​​⟶μˉ​in P(Cd​) in probability.

If, in addition, GGG is continuous at (u,v)(u,v)(u,v) for a.e. vvv at each interior point uuu of the cover (Condition 2.2(b)), then

1n∑i=1nE∥Xin−Xi/n∥∗,T2⟶0.\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\mathbb E\|X^n_i-X_{i/n}\|^2_{*,T}\longrightarrow0 .n1​i=1∑n​E∥Xin​−Xi/n​∥∗,T2​⟶0.

Milestones

In order: Remark 2.1, where cut-norm convergence implies operator-norm convergence; Theorem 2.1(a), continuity of u↦μuu\mapsto\mu_uu↦μu​ in W2,TW_{2,T}W2,T​; the weak-LLN bound (6.4); the discretization bound (6.11); Lemma 6.1,

lim sup⁡n1n∑iE∥Xin−Xi/n∥∗,T2≤κ(M)lim sup⁡n∥Gn−G∥+κM−ε;\limsup_{n}\frac1n\sum_i\mathbb E\|X^n_i-X_{i/n}\|^2_{*,T}\le\kappa(M)\limsup_n\|G_n-G\|+\kappa M^{-\varepsilon};nlimsup​n1​i∑​E∥Xin​−Xi/n​∥∗,T2​≤κ(M)nlimsup​∥Gn​−G∥+κM−ε;

Lemma 6.2, a law of large numbers for the continuum particles X1/n,…,Xn/nX_{1/n},\dots,X_{n/n}X1/n​,…,Xn/n​; the approximation of GGG by continuous graphons; the continuity (6.12) of μˉ\bar\muμˉ​ in the graphon, in a corrected qualitative form; the empirical coupling bound for W2,TW_{2,T}W2,T​; and (6.14).

Significance

Theorem 3.1 shows that the averaged graphon law μˉ\bar\muμˉ​ is the correct macroscopic description of a dense heterogeneous particle system. This holds for deterministic weights and for Erdős–Rényi-type random weights, and the graphon may be discontinuous. It is the foundation for graphon mean field games and for control of large networked systems, where μˉ\bar\muμˉ​ replaces the intractable nnn-particle law. Under the regularity Condition 2.2(b) the convergence holds in L2L^2L2, particle by particle, along the natural coupling.

The result is proved in the paper (§6.1–§6.2). Nothing in it is formalized. A formal proof would produce reusable infrastructure: graphons, the cut and operator norms, Lusin approximation of graphons, Wasserstein distances between empirical measures, and laws of large numbers for random probability measures on path space. It also needs pathwise stability estimates for SDE systems built on Itô integrals, which goes well beyond what Mathlib has today.

Difficulty

The particles are neither exchangeable nor identically distributed. The classical propagation-of-chaos argument compares each particle with an i.i.d. copy of one McKean–Vlasov process, and it does not apply here. Each XinX^n_iXin​ must be compared with its own limit Xi/nX_{i/n}Xi/n​, and the error has two sources: the random or discretized weights ξijn\xi^n_{ij}ξijn​, and the replacement of GGG by GnG_nGn​. Cut-metric convergence controls Gn−GG_n-GGn​−G only through integrals against bounded test functions. The interaction term, however, integrates the unbounded function b(Xi/n(s),⋅)b(X_{i/n}(s),\cdot)b(Xi/n​(s),⋅) against varying laws μj/n,s\mu_{j/n,s}μj/n,s​. When GGG is merely measurable, the map u↦μuu\mapsto\mu_uu↦μu​ need not be continuous, and the error of replacing ∫I⋅ dv\int_I\cdot\,dv∫I​⋅dv by the average over the labels j/nj/nj/n need not vanish. The direct estimate therefore fails for (3.3) without Condition 2.2(b), and this is the case the goal must cover.

Formalization scope

The setting file GraphonMF.DenseLLN.Setting fixes these conventions:

  • Rd\mathbb R^dRd is Fin d → ℝ with the sup norm. All statements are invariant under this choice: constants are existential and the other conclusions are limits.
  • Processes are path-valued maps Ω→Cd\Omega\to\mathcal C_dΩ→Cd​, and Cd\mathcal C_dCd​ carries its Borel σ-algebra.
  • Each SDE is encoded through the published Itô-process predicate Peng1990.SMP.IsItoProcess. The filtrations are the uncompleted natural filtrations σ(Xu(0),Bu(r):r≤t)\sigma(X_u(0),B_u(r):r\le t)σ(Xu​(0),Bu​(r):r≤t) and σ(ξn,Xj/n(0),Bj/n(r):j≤n,r≤t)\sigma(\xi^n,X_{j/n}(0),B_{j/n}(r):j\le n,r\le t)σ(ξn,Xj/n​(0),Bj/n​(r):j≤n,r≤t).
  • A solution of (2.1) carries the membership of its law family in the class M\mathcal MM (measurable in uuu, uniformly bounded second moments), which makes every Bochner integral of the drift meaningful.
  • W2W_2W2​ and W2,TW_{2,T}W2,T​ are the published WassersteinDRO.Duality.wassersteinDistance with values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].
  • Expectations of nonnegative quantities are lower Lebesgue integrals.
  • Convergence in probability is topological: P(μn∉U)→0\mathbb P(\mu^n\notin U)\to0P(μn∈/U)→0 for every weak-topology neighbourhood UUU of μˉ\bar\muμˉ​.
  • The nnn-particle system shares the noise of the graphon system: particle iii (Lean index iii, label (i+1)/n(i+1)/n(i+1)/n) uses X(i+1)/n(0)X_{(i+1)/n}(0)X(i+1)/n​(0) and B(i+1)/nB_{(i+1)/n}B(i+1)/n​.
  • Each ξn\xi^nξn is assumed measurable.

Two encodings would trivialize the targets, and both are ruled out. A pointwise or almost-sure reading of (3.3), or convergence of ∫f dμn\int f\,d\mu^n∫fdμn for a single test function, is not the claim. Choosing the constants of Lemma 6.1 and (6.11) after the sequence (Gn)(G_n)(Gn​) would make them nearly empty, so they are chosen before it. A sorry-free check confirms that the solution predicates are satisfiable: with b=σ=0b=\sigma=0b=σ=0 the constant paths solve both systems.

Solvers will need several pieces of library work: the inequality ∥W∥∞→1≤4∥W∥□\|W\|_{\infty\to1}\le4\|W\|_\square∥W∥∞→1​≤4∥W∥□​, BDG-type moment bounds for the Itô integrals of Peng's library, Gronwall estimates, Lusin's theorem on [0,1]2[0,1]^2[0,1]2, and the metrization of weak convergence on P(Cd)\mathcal P(\mathcal C_d)P(Cd​) (Lévy–Prokhorov). Contributions to any of these are welcome independently of the goal. The paper's proofs are in its §5 (Theorem 2.1) and §6.1–§6.2 (Lemmas 6.1, 6.2 and Theorem 3.1).

Selected references

  • E. Bayraktar, S. Chakraborty, R. Wu, Graphon mean field systems, Ann. Appl. Probab. 33(5):3587–3619, 2023. https://doi.org/10.1214/22-AAP1901
  • L. Lovász, Large Networks and Graph Limits, AMS Colloquium Publications 60, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1090/coll/060
  • S. Bhamidi, A. Budhiraja, R. Wu, Weakly interacting particle systems on inhomogeneous random graphs, Stochastic Process. Appl. 129:2174–2206, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.spa.2018.06.014
  • F. Coppini, H. Dietert, G. Giacomin, A law of large numbers and large deviations for interacting diffusions on Erdős–Rényi graphs, Stoch. Dyn. 20:2050010, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1142/S0219493720500100
  • G. Bet, F. Coppini, F. R. Nardi, Weakly interacting oscillators on dense random graphs, arXiv preprint, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2006.07670
  • A.-S. Sznitman, Topics in propagation of chaos, École d'Été de Probabilités de Saint-Flour XIX, LNM 1464, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0085169
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Graphon Mean Field Systems III: With Edge Weights Sampled From a Lipschitz Graphon, Each Particle Is Within κ/n of Its Graphon Limit in Mean SquareResearch Paper

Interacting diffusions on large heterogeneous networks

Classical mean-field theory describes nnn diffusions that interact symmetrically, each feeling the empirical average of all the others, and shows that as n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞ every particle behaves like an independent copy of a single McKean–Vlasov process. Many systems of interest are not symmetric: neurons, agents in a financial network, or oscillators interact through a graph, and particles in different parts of the graph feel different neighbourhoods. A graphon G:[0,1]2→[0,1]G:[0,1]^2\to[0,1]G:[0,1]2→[0,1] is the limit object of dense graph sequences (Lovász, Large Networks and Graph Limits, AMS 2012), and it is the natural way to describe the interaction structure of such systems in the limit.

Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu (Ann. Appl. Probab. 33(5), 2023) study a continuum of diffusions indexed by labels u∈[0,1]u\in[0,1]u∈[0,1] whose interaction is weighted by a graphon, and prove laws of large numbers and rates of convergence for nnn-particle systems on graphs sampled from the graphon. This mission targets their uniform rate of convergence for weights sampled from a Lipschitz graphon (Theorem 3.2).

Setting

Write I=[0,1]I=[0,1]I=[0,1] with Lebesgue measure. Fix a horizon T∈(0,∞)T\in(0,\infty)T∈(0,∞) and let Cd=C([0,T]:Rd)\mathcal C_d=C([0,T]:\mathbb R^d)Cd​=C([0,T]:Rd) with ∥x∥∗,t=sup⁡0≤s≤t∣xs∣\|x\|_{*,t}=\sup_{0\le s\le t}|x_s|∥x∥∗,t​=sup0≤s≤t​∣xs​∣.

On one probability space, {Bu:u∈I}\{B_u:u\in I\}{Bu​:u∈I} are i.i.d. ddd-dimensional Brownian motions and {Xu(0):u∈I}\{X_u(0):u\in I\}{Xu​(0):u∈I} are independent initial states with laws μu(0)\mu_u(0)μu​(0), independent of the Brownian motions. Given a graphon GGG and coefficients b,σb,\sigmab,σ, the graphon particle system (2.1) is

Xu(t)=Xu(0)+∫0t ⁣ ⁣∫I ⁣∫Rdb(Xu(s),x)G(u,v) μv,s(dx) dv ds+∫0t ⁣ ⁣∫I ⁣∫Rdσ(Xu(s),x)G(u,v) μv,s(dx) dv dBu(s),X_u(t)=X_u(0)+\int_0^t\!\!\int_I\!\int_{\mathbb R^d}b(X_u(s),x)G(u,v)\,\mu_{v,s}(dx)\,dv\,ds+\int_0^t\!\!\int_I\!\int_{\mathbb R^d}\sigma(X_u(s),x)G(u,v)\,\mu_{v,s}(dx)\,dv\,dB_u(s),Xu​(t)=Xu​(0)+∫0t​∫I​∫Rd​b(Xu​(s),x)G(u,v)μv,s​(dx)dvds+∫0t​∫I​∫Rd​σ(Xu​(s),x)G(u,v)μv,s​(dx)dvdBu​(s),

with μu,t=L(Xu(t))\mu_{u,t}=\mathcal L(X_u(t))μu,t​=L(Xu​(t)). The particles are independent but not identically distributed, and their laws are coupled through the dvdvdv-integral.

The nnn-particle system (3.1) uses the same randomness at the labels i/ni/ni/n:

Xin(t)=Xi/n(0)+∫0t1n∑j=1nξijn b(Xin(s),Xjn(s)) ds+∫0t1n∑j=1nξijn σ(Xin(s),Xjn(s)) dBi/n(s),X^n_i(t)=X_{i/n}(0)+\int_0^t\frac1n\sum_{j=1}^n\xi^n_{ij}\,b(X^n_i(s),X^n_j(s))\,ds+\int_0^t\frac1n\sum_{j=1}^n\xi^n_{ij}\,\sigma(X^n_i(s),X^n_j(s))\,dB_{i/n}(s),Xin​(t)=Xi/n​(0)+∫0t​n1​j=1∑n​ξijn​b(Xin​(s),Xjn​(s))ds+∫0t​n1​j=1∑n​ξijn​σ(Xin​(s),Xjn​(s))dBi/n​(s),

so particle iii and the continuum particle at u=i/nu=i/nu=i/n share their initial state and Brownian motion.

The hypotheses are:

  • Condition 2.1: u↦μu(0)u\mapsto\mu_u(0)u↦μu​(0) is measurable, sup⁡uE∣Xu(0)∣2+ε<∞\sup_u\mathbb E|X_u(0)|^{2+\varepsilon}<\inftysupu​E∣Xu​(0)∣2+ε<∞ for some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, and bbb, σ\sigmaσ are Lipschitz in both arguments.
  • Condition 2.3: there are finitely many intervals I1,…,INI_1,\dots,I_NI1​,…,IN​ covering III and a κ>0\kappa>0κ>0 with W2(μu1(0),μu2(0))≤κ∣u1−u2∣W_2(\mu_{u_1}(0),\mu_{u_2}(0))\le\kappa|u_1-u_2|W2​(μu1​​(0),μu2​​(0))≤κ∣u1​−u2​∣ on each IiI_iIi​ and ∣G(u1,v1)−G(u2,v2)∣≤κ(∣u1−u2∣+∣v1−v2∣)|G(u_1,v_1)-G(u_2,v_2)|\le\kappa(|u_1-u_2|+|v_1-v_2|)∣G(u1​,v1​)−G(u2​,v2​)∣≤κ(∣u1​−u2​∣+∣v1​−v2​∣) on each block Ii×IjI_i\times I_jIi​×Ij​. The graphon may jump across block boundaries.
  • Condition 3.2: the weights are sampled from GGG itself, either deterministically, ξijn=G(i/n,j/n)\xi^n_{ij}=G(i/n,j/n)ξijn​=G(i/n,j/n), or as a random graph, ξijn=ξjin∼Bernoulli(G(i/n,j/n))\xi^n_{ij}=\xi^n_{ji}\sim\mathrm{Bernoulli}(G(i/n,j/n))ξijn​=ξjin​∼Bernoulli(G(i/n,j/n)) independently for i≤ji\le ji≤j and independently of the noise.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2 (p. 3596)

Under Conditions 2.1, 2.3 and 3.2 there is κ∈(0,∞)\kappa\in(0,\infty)κ∈(0,∞) such that

max⁡i=1,…,nE∥Xin−Xi/n∥∗,T2≤κn∀n∈N.\max_{i=1,\dots,n}\mathbb E\|X^n_i-X_{i/n}\|^2_{*,T}\le\frac{\kappa}{n}\qquad\forall n\in\mathbb N.i=1,…,nmax​E∥Xin​−Xi/n​∥∗,T2​≤nκ​∀n∈N.

Milestones (§6.3, in attack order)

  • (6.15): E∥Xin−Xi/n∥∗,t2\mathbb E\|X^n_i-X_{i/n}\|^2_{*,t}E∥Xin​−Xi/n​∥∗,t2​ is bounded by κ\kappaκ times the time-integrated mean-square mismatch between the finite-nnn drift and diffusion and their graphon counterparts.
  • The drift mismatch is split by (6.16) into three terms T~sn,1,T~sn,2,T~sn,3\tilde T^{n,1}_s,\tilde T^{n,2}_s,\tilde T^{n,3}_sT~sn,1​,T~sn,2​,T~sn,3​, bounded by
T~sn,1≤2κmax⁡iE∣Xin(s)−Xi/n(s)∣2  (6.17),T~sn,2≤κn  (6.18),T~sn,3≤κn2  (6.19).\tilde T^{n,1}_s\le2\kappa\max_i\mathbb E|X^n_i(s)-X_{i/n}(s)|^2\ \ (6.17),\qquad\tilde T^{n,2}_s\le\frac{\kappa}{n}\ \ (6.18),\qquad\tilde T^{n,3}_s\le\frac{\kappa}{n^2}\ \ (6.19).T~sn,1​≤2κimax​E∣Xin​(s)−Xi/n​(s)∣2  (6.17),T~sn,2​≤nκ​  (6.18),T~sn,3​≤n2κ​  (6.19).
  • Theorem 2.1(b) (p. 3593): under Condition 2.3, W2,T(μu,μv)≤κ∣u−v∣W_{2,T}(\mu_u,\mu_v)\le\kappa|u-v|W2,T​(μu​,μv​)≤κ∣u−v∣ whenever u,vu,vu,v lie in the same interval IiI_iIi​. It is used in (6.19).

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.2 gives a quantitative propagation of chaos for heterogeneous interactions: with weights sampled from a blockwise Lipschitz graphon, every particle of the finite system, not just an average particle, is within O(n−1/2)O(n^{-1/2})O(n−1/2) in root-mean-square path distance of the continuum particle with the same label. The rate matches the classical mean-field rate (e.g. Sznitman 1991), so heterogeneity of the interaction costs nothing in the exponent. The same estimate covers the deterministic weighted graph and the random graph sampled from GGG (in the annealed sense), and it is the dense counterpart of Theorem 4.2 for percolated graphs.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper (§6.3); it has no machine-checked proof. A formal development would produce a reusable account of graphon particle systems and their finite-nnn approximations: graphon-weighted McKean–Vlasov drifts, couplings through shared noise, and the decomposition of the interaction error into a Lipschitz feedback term, a law-of-large-numbers term and a Riemann-sum discretization term.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to compare XinX^n_iXin​ with Xi/nX_{i/n}Xi/n​ directly and close a Gronwall inequality. The difficulty is that the comparison involves the empirical, graph-weighted average of the other particles, which is neither the graphon average nor an average of independent terms. Three different errors must be controlled simultaneously and uniformly in iii: the feedback of all particles' errors into particle iii, the fluctuation of a sum of independent but non-identically distributed terms whose weights may themselves be random, and the error of replacing an integral over labels by a sum over the grid {j/n}\{j/n\}{j/n}. The last needs regularity of the law μu\mu_uμu​ in the label uuu, which is itself a theorem about the graphon system (Theorem 2.1(b)) and fails at block boundaries of GGG, where only the small number of boundary cells saves the 1/n21/n^21/n2 rate. Averaging over iii, as in the law of large numbers of Theorem 3.1, is not enough: the goal bounds the maximum.

Formalization scope

  • Rd\mathbb R^dRd is Fin d → ℝ with the sup norm; matrices are measured entrywise. All statements are norm-invariant because every constant is existential. Particle i∈{1,…,n}i\in\{1,\dots,n\}i∈{1,…,n} is Lean's i : Fin n with label (i+1)/n(i+1)/n(i+1)/n; time is ℝ≥0; III is Mathlib's unitInterval.
  • Brownian motions, Itô integrals and Itô processes are the published Peng1990.SMP.Stochastic definitions; an SDE with random initial value X(0)X(0)X(0) is stated as an Itô process for X−X(0)X-X(0)X−X(0). Each continuum particle uses the natural filtration of (Xu(0),Bu)(X_u(0),B_u)(Xu​(0),Bu​); the nnn-particle system uses the natural filtration of the weights, initial states and Brownian motions at the labels.
  • W2W_2W2​ and W2,TW_{2,T}W2,T​ are the published WassersteinDRO.Duality.wassersteinDistance 2, valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; expectations of nonnegative quantities are lower Lebesgue integrals.
  • A solution of (2.1) is required to have continuous paths, measurable path maps, and a law family in the class M\mathcal MM (measurable in uuu, uniformly bounded second moments), as Proposition 2.1 asserts; this makes every inner integral meaningful.
  • The constant κ\kappaκ is chosen after the data and before nnn and iii. A κ\kappaκ chosen after nnn, a bound on the average over iii, or a solution predicate that no process satisfies would trivialize the goal; the first two are excluded by the statement, and a sanity check exhibits the zero-coefficient system as a solution of both systems.
  • Condition 2.2 is not assumed, and the weights come from GGG, not from a step graphon GnG_nGn​; no cut-metric hypothesis appears.
  • Needed infrastructure: Doob/Burkholder–Davis–Gundy for Itô integrals, Gronwall's inequality in integrated form, moment bounds for the graphon system, Kantorovich–Rubinstein-type duality for Lipschitz test functions, and independence of functionals of independent noises. Proofs of the milestones, of Theorem 2.1(b), and of the goal are all welcome; the paper's proofs are in its §5–§6.

Selected references

  • E. Bayraktar, S. Chakraborty, R. Wu, Graphon mean field systems, Ann. Appl. Probab. 33(5):3587–3619, 2023. https://doi.org/10.1214/22-AAP1901
  • L. Lovász, Large Networks and Graph Limits, AMS Colloquium Publications 60, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1090/coll/060
  • A.-S. Sznitman, Topics in propagation of chaos, École d'Été de Probabilités de Saint-Flour XIX, LNM 1464, Springer, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0085169
  • S. Peng, A general stochastic maximum principle for optimal control problems, SIAM J. Control Optim. 28(4):966–979, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1137/0328054
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Graphon Mean Field Systems I: The Law of the Graphon Particle System Depends Continuously on the Graphon in the Cut MetricResearch Paper

Motivation

Large interacting diffusion systems often have different interaction strengths between different pairs of agents. A graphon gives a continuum description of such weighted networks: each agent carries a label in [0,1][0,1][0,1], and a kernel assigns the strength of interaction between two labels. The question in this mission is whether the law of the resulting continuum stochastic system changes continuously when its graphon changes. This matters when a large finite network is represented by an approximate graphon, since an approximation of the network should lead to an approximation of the dynamics. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu establish this stability as Theorem 2.1(c) of Graphon mean field systems.

The paper also studies dense and less dense finite-particle systems. Their convergence results use a limiting graphon particle system even when the limiting kernel is only measurable, with no continuity in the labels. Theorem 2.1(c) is the continuity result that makes approximation by simpler graphons useful in those later sections Bayraktar–Chakraborty–Wu, §§3–4.

Setting

Let I=[0,1]I=[0,1]I=[0,1], fix a time horizon T>0T>0T>0, and let Cd=C([0,T];Rd)\mathcal C_d=C([0,T];\mathbb R^d)Cd​=C([0,T];Rd) be the space of continuous paths with the uniform norm ∥x∥∗,t=sup⁡0≤s≤t∣xs∣\|x\|_{*,t}=\sup_{0\le s\le t}|x_s|∥x∥∗,t​=sup0≤s≤t​∣xs​∣. A graphon G:I2→[0,1]G:I^2\to[0,1]G:I2→[0,1] is measurable and symmetric. Its cut norm is the largest absolute integral of GGG over a measurable rectangle S×U⊆I2S\times U\subseteq I^2S×U⊆I2. For two graphons, their cut distance is the cut norm of their difference.

For each label u∈Iu\in Iu∈I, an initial state Xu(0)X_u(0)Xu​(0) and a ddd-dimensional Brownian motion BuB_uBu​ live on one probability space. Initial states are mutually independent, Brownian motions are mutually independent, and the two families are independent of each other. The initial state has law μu(0)\mu_u(0)μu​(0). The process XuX_uXu​ evolves with a drift obtained by averaging b(Xu(s),x)G(u,v)b(X_u(s),x)G(u,v)b(Xu​(s),x)G(u,v) first against the time-sss law of XvX_vXv​ and then over v∈Iv\in Iv∈I. Its diffusion coefficient averages the matrix-valued σ(Xu(s),x)G(u,v)\sigma(X_u(s),x)G(u,v)σ(Xu​(s),x)G(u,v) in the same way and drives BuB_uBu​. This is the graphon particle system (2.1) Bayraktar–Chakraborty–Wu, p. 3591.

Condition 2.1 requires measurable initial laws, a uniform (2+ε)(2+\varepsilon)(2+ε) moment for some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, and a common global Lipschitz bound for bbb and σ\sigmaσ. The path-law family μ=(L(Xu))u∈I\mu=(\mathcal L(X_u))_{u\in I}μ=(L(Xu​))u∈I​ belongs to M\mathcal MM when it is measurable as a family of probability measures on Cd\mathcal C_dCd​ and has uniformly bounded second moments. The distance W2,tW_{2,t}W2,t​ between path laws uses the supremum norm through time ttt; W2,tMW^\mathcal M_{2,t}W2,tM​ is the supremum of these distances over labels Bayraktar–Chakraborty–Wu, pp. 3591–3592.

Formalization targets

Stability of path laws

For graphons GnG_nGn​ converging to GGG in cut metric, let μuGn\mu^{G_n}_uμuGn​​ and μuG\mu^G_uμuG​ be the laws of the associated solutions, with the same initial laws and coefficients. The target is

∥Gn−G∥□⟶0⟹∫I[W2,T(μuGn,μuG)]2 du⟶0.\|G_n-G\|_\square\longrightarrow0 \quad\Longrightarrow\quad \int_I[W_{2,T}(\mu^{G_n}_u,\mu^G_u)]^2\,du\longrightarrow0.∥Gn​−G∥□​⟶0⟹∫I​[W2,T​(μuGn​​,μuG​)]2du⟶0.

The conclusion is an integrated law convergence statement. It does not assert that the laws converge uniformly in uuu or that paths converge almost surely. This is precisely Theorem 2.1(c) Bayraktar–Chakraborty–Wu, p. 3593.

Supporting results

The mission also states the paper's cut-to-operator convergence (Remark 2.1), existence of frozen-flow solutions (5.2), the squared estimate established in the proof of (5.3), well-posedness and moments for the nonlinear system (Proposition 2.1), and the quantitative stability display on p. 3604. These are the source's claims used to reach the target, with their provenance attached to each milestone Bayraktar–Chakraborty–Wu, §§2 and 5.

Significance

Stability shows that the continuum model is robust to graphon approximation in a metric natural for dense networks. Together with Proposition 2.1, it gives a well-defined solution-law family whose dependence on the network kernel can be controlled. The paper uses this framework in its later laws of large numbers for finite interacting systems Bayraktar–Chakraborty–Wu, §§3–4.

The theorem is proved in the paper; this mission asks for a machine-checked proof of the faithful statements. A complete development would also supply reusable Lean interfaces for graphons, cut and operator norms, measurable families of path laws, and stochastic systems whose coefficients depend on those families. The Itô-process and general Wasserstein definitions already available as published modules are reused. The remaining graphon-specific definitions and the estimates in §5 are open proof targets.

Difficulty

A direct stability argument for stochastic differential equations would compare the two coefficients point by point. Cut convergence does not provide pointwise convergence of Gn(u,v)G_n(u,v)Gn​(u,v) to G(u,v)G(u,v)G(u,v), nor a uniform bound on their difference that tends to zero. The drift and diffusion also contain laws generated by the processes being compared, so a change in the graphon feeds back into the law family. The central challenge is to control these coupled differences using only a weak kernel metric while retaining the measurable structure needed to integrate over labels Bayraktar–Chakraborty–Wu, §5.2.

The result also depends on a well-posedness theory for a continuum of stochastic equations. The laws need to vary measurably with uuu even though the paper does not assume the sample paths themselves vary measurably with uuu Bayraktar–Chakraborty–Wu, Remark 2.3(b).

Formalization scope

Lean uses unitInterval for III, nonnegative real time, and continuous maps from [0,T][0,T][0,T] to Fin d → ℝ for Cd\mathcal C_dCd​. The norm on Rd\mathbb R^dRd is the sup norm; the paper's Euclidean norm is equivalent in finite dimension, so existential Lipschitz and stability constants may change while the qualitative claim remains the same. The diffusion coefficient is a d×dd\times dd×d matrix, measured through its entries. Wasserstein quantities and nonnegative expectations are valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], avoiding defaults for infinite moments. The path-law family uses the measurable space of measures, with the Borel space on paths. A zero-time or zero-dimensional state space is admitted where the formulas still have their stated meaning; T>0T>0T>0 and ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 are explicit.

For each graphon, a solution is a continuous-path process driven by the same given initial variables and Brownian motions, adapted to the natural filtration of those variables for each label. Its path map is almost everywhere measurable, its law family belongs to M\mathcal MM, and the nested interaction integrals are required to be integrable. These clauses prevent a zero measure from arising through a nonmeasurable pushforward and prevent a nonintegrable Bochner integral from silently evaluating to zero. The graphons are explicitly measurable, symmetric, and [0,1][0,1][0,1]-valued, so the real cut and operator norms are used only on bounded kernels. The theorem also asserts measurability of each Wasserstein integrand, reflecting the paper's treatment of the displayed integral.

The paper's proofs are in §§5–7; this mission concerns §5. Contributions to any stated milestone and to the reusable measure and Itô lemmas needed for them are welcome. A formalization that assumes the stability limit, that treats arbitrary unbounded kernels as graphons, or that uses an empty solution class would not establish this target.

Selected references

  • E. Bayraktar, S. Chakraborty and R. Wu, Graphon mean field systems, Annals of Applied Probability 33(5), 3587–3619, 2023. DOI 10.1214/22-AAP1901.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Combinatorics·Captain: mikedeng1

Turán Graphs with Bounded Matching Number 1: An n-Vertex Graph with Clique Number at Most k and Matching Number at Most s Has at Most max{t(2s+1,k), g(n,k,s)} Edges, and This Is AttainedResearch Paper

Two classical extremal problems and their common generalization

Two of the oldest results in extremal graph theory bound the number of edges of a graph under a single structural restriction. Turán's theorem (Turán 1941) determines the maximum number of edges t(n,k)t(n,k)t(n,k) of an nnn-vertex graph with no complete subgraph on k+1k+1k+1 vertices. The Erdős–Gallai theorem (Erdős and Gallai 1959) determines the maximum number of edges of an nnn-vertex graph with no s+1s+1s+1 pairwise disjoint edges; for n≥2s+1n\ge 2s+1n≥2s+1 it is max⁡{(2s+12),(s2)+s(n−s)}\max\{\binom{2s+1}{2},\binom{s}{2}+s(n-s)\}max{(22s+1​),(2s​)+s(n−s)}, attained by a clique on 2s+12s+12s+1 vertices plus isolated vertices, or by sss vertices joined to everything.

N. Alon and P. Frankl (arXiv:2210.15076, published in J. Combin. Theory Ser. B, 2024, DOI 10.1016/j.jctb.2023.12.002) impose both restrictions at once and determine the maximum for all values of the parameters. Their answer is again the larger of two explicit constructions, and each of the two classical theorems is recovered as a degenerate range of theirs. The question belongs to a line of work on generalized Turán problems with an additional bound on the matching number, which has continued since this paper with other forbidden subgraphs in place of the clique.

Setting

All graphs are finite and simple, on the vertex set {0,1,…,n−1}\{0,1,\dots,n-1\}{0,1,…,n−1}.

  • The clique number of GGG is the largest number of vertices of a complete subgraph. "Clique number at most kkk" means that GGG contains no complete subgraph on k+1k+1k+1 vertices.
  • A matching is a set of pairwise disjoint edges. The matching number ν(G)\nu(G)ν(G) is the largest size of a matching of GGG.
  • A graph is complete kkk-partite if its vertex set is split into kkk classes (some possibly empty) and two vertices are adjacent exactly when they lie in different classes.
  • T(n,k)T(n,k)T(n,k) is the complete kkk-partite graph on nnn vertices whose classes have sizes as equal as possible, and t(n,k)t(n,k)t(n,k) is its number of edges, the Turán number.
  • G(n,k,s)G(n,k,s)G(n,k,s) is the complete kkk-partite graph on nnn vertices with k−1k-1k−1 classes of sizes as equal as possible and total size sss, and one further class of size n−sn-sn−s. Its number of edges is g(n,k,s)g(n,k,s)g(n,k,s).

A graph on nnn vertices is admissible for (k,s)(k,s)(k,s) when its clique number is at most kkk and its matching number is at most sss. Both constructions are admissible when n≥2s+1n\ge 2s+1n≥2s+1: G(n,k,s)G(n,k,s)G(n,k,s) is kkk-colourable, and every edge of it meets the sss vertices of the small classes; the Turán graph T(2s+1,k)T(2s+1,k)T(2s+1,k) on 2s+12s+12s+1 of the vertices, with the other n−2s−1n-2s-1n−2s−1 vertices isolated, has no s+1s+1s+1 disjoint edges.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.1

For k≥2k\ge2k≥2 and n≥2s+1n\ge 2s+1n≥2s+1,

max⁡{∣E(G)∣:G on n vertices, ω(G)≤k, ν(G)≤s}  =  max⁡{ t(2s+1,k), g(n,k,s) },\max\bigl\{|E(G)| : G \text{ on } n \text{ vertices},\ \omega(G)\le k,\ \nu(G)\le s\bigr\} \;=\; \max\{\,t(2s+1,k),\ g(n,k,s)\,\},max{∣E(G)∣:G on n vertices, ω(G)≤k, ν(G)≤s}=max{t(2s+1,k), g(n,k,s)},

stated as an upper bound for every admissible graph together with an admissible graph attaining it.

Milestones

The milestones follow the proof of §2 of the paper, in attack order:

  1. the two constructions are admissible (the lower bound);
  2. the barrier: every graph has a vertex set BBB such that every component of G−BG-BG−B is odd and ∣B∣+∑i(∣Ai∣−1)/2=ν(G)|B|+\sum_i(|A_i|-1)/2=\nu(G)∣B∣+∑i​(∣Ai​∣−1)/2=ν(G);
  3. Lemma 2.1: in the §2 choice of an extremal graph and barrier maximizing ∑i∣Ai∣2\sum_i|A_i|^2∑i​∣Ai​∣2, non-adjacent vertices of BBB have the same neighbourhood;
  4. the graph induced on BBB is then complete kkk-partite;
  5. Claim 2.3: for that choice of graph and barrier, without loss of generality every component of G−BG-BG−B has a vertex with no neighbour in the smallest class of BBB;
  6. Lemma 2.2: for an extremal graph maximizing ∑i∣Ai∣2\sum_i |A_i|^2∑i​∣Ai​∣2, at most one component of G−BG-BG−B has more than one vertex;
  7. the case analysis on b=∣B∣b=|B|b=∣B∣ that bounds the remaining structure by max⁡{t(2s+1,k),g(n,k,s)}\max\{t(2s+1,k),g(n,k,s)\}max{t(2s+1,k),g(n,k,s)};
  8. the identity t(s+⌊s/(k−1)⌋,k)+(n−s−⌊s/(k−1)⌋) s=g(n,k,s)t(s+\lfloor s/(k-1)\rfloor,k)+(n-s-\lfloor s/(k-1)\rfloor)\,s=g(n,k,s)t(s+⌊s/(k−1)⌋,k)+(n−s−⌊s/(k−1)⌋)s=g(n,k,s);
  9. the Turán increment t(N+1,k)−t(N,k)=N−⌊N/k⌋t(N+1,k)-t(N,k)=N-\lfloor N/k\rfloort(N+1,k)−t(N,k)=N−⌊N/k⌋ is non-decreasing in NNN, with steps at most 111;
  10. the function f(b)=t(2s−b+1,k)+b(n−2s+b−1)f(b)=t(2s-b+1,k)+b(n-2s+b-1)f(b)=t(2s−b+1,k)+b(n−2s+b−1) has strictly increasing differences on the range of Case 4.

A companion item records the paper's parenthetical remark: for n≤2s+1n\le 2s+1n≤2s+1 the maximum is t(n,k)t(n,k)t(n,k).

Significance

The theorem settles the edge-extremal problem for the two most basic graph parameters, clique number and matching number, jointly and for every admissible parameter value. It contains both classical theorems: when n≤2s+1n\le 2s+1n≤2s+1 the matching condition is void and the answer is Turán's t(n,k)t(n,k)t(n,k); when k≥2s+1k\ge 2s+1k≥2s+1 the clique condition is void and the answer is the Erdős–Gallai bound. The two extremal constructions show that both regimes genuinely occur, and the threshold between them depends on nnn, kkk and sss together. The same paper's Proposition 3.1 extends the answer g(n,k,s)g(n,k,s)g(n,k,s) to every colour-critical forbidden graph for large sss and nnn, and the present theorem is the base case of that programme.

The theorem is proved in the paper; it has not been formalized. Mathlib has Turán's theorem (SimpleGraph.CliqueFree.card_edgeFinset_le), Tutte's theorem on perfect matchings, and extremal-graph infrastructure (SimpleGraph.IsExtremal), but no Tutte–Berge formula, no Gallai–Edmonds decomposition, and no Erdős–Gallai theorem for matchings. A formal proof would add the Tutte–Berge formula in the barrier form used here, a reusable Zykov symmetrization argument, and the first machine-checked proof of the Erdős–Gallai matching bound as a special case.

Difficulty

The arithmetic of the proof (milestones 8–10) is short. The difficulty is concentrated elsewhere.

First, the proof starts from a barrier BBB whose removal leaves only odd components with ∣B∣+∑i(∣Ai∣−1)/2|B|+\sum_i(|A_i|-1)/2∣B∣+∑i​(∣Ai​∣−1)/2 equal to the matching number. This is the Tutte–Berge formula sharpened to a maximal barrier, all of whose components are factor-critical. Mathlib's Tutte theorem covers perfect matchings only, so the deficiency version and the structure of maximal barriers have to be built.

Second, Lemma 2.1, Claim 2.3 and Lemma 2.2 are surgery on an extremal graph. Each modifies the graph (copying a neighbourhood, swapping two classes of BBB in the neighbourhood of a component, merging two components) and must re-verify three things: the number of edges does not decrease, no clique on k+1k+1k+1 vertices appears, and the matching number stays at most sss. The matching bound is re-verified through the barrier, so the components of the modified graph have to be tracked, and the extremality hypothesis has to be used in the right form. In particular, the paper's printed proof of Lemma 2.1 shows only that non-adjacency is transitive on BBB and that non-adjacent vertices of BBB have equal degree; the full "same neighbourhood" conclusion needs a further argument from extremality.

Third, the barrier equation of p. 2 is written with sss, which presumes that an extremal graph has matching number exactly sss; the paper does not prove this, and a solver who wants to chain the milestones needs it.

Formalization scope

Graphs are SimpleGraph (Fin n); edge counts are #G.edgeFinset. Clique number at most kkk is G.CliqueFree (k + 1). The matching number is the supremum, in ℕ, of the edge counts of matching subgraphs (Subgraph.IsMatching); the set is nonempty and bounded, so the supremum is a maximum, and the companion sanity file proves ν(G)≤s\nu(G)\le sν(G)≤s iff every matching has at most sss edges. T(n,k)T(n,k)T(n,k) is Mathlib's turanGraph n k. G(n,k,s)G(n,k,s)G(n,k,s) is an explicit graph on Fin n (vertex v<sv<sv<s in class v mod (k−1)v \bmod (k-1)vmod(k−1), all others in class k−1k-1k−1), and g(n,k,s)g(n,k,s)g(n,k,s) is defined as its edge count, not by a closed formula, so the identity of milestone 8 is a statement about the graph. Extremality is Mathlib's IsExtremal for the admissibility property. The maximality of ∑iai2\sum_i a_i^2∑i​ai2​ in Lemmas 2.1 and 2.2 and Claim 2.3 ranges over all extremal graphs together with all their odd barriers of value sss, because the paper chooses BBB together with GGG.

One hypothesis is added to the paper's statement: k≥2k\ge2k≥2. The paper says "every kkk", but G(n,k,s)G(n,k,s)G(n,k,s) has k−1k-1k−1 classes of total size sss, which is impossible for k=1k=1k=1 and s>0s>0s>0, and no nonempty graph has clique number at most 000. Lemmas 2.1, 2.2 and Claim 2.3 keep the paper's barrier value sss as a hypothesis, while the barrier milestone itself is stated with ν(G)\nu(G)ν(G).

The goal is an upper bound together with an attaining graph; an upper bound alone would be a weaker theorem. The surgery lemmas carry extremality as a hypothesis, never a hypothesis on the edge count that would presuppose the answer.

Contributions welcome beyond this mission: the Tutte–Berge formula and Gallai–Edmonds decomposition for SimpleGraph, the matching number as a reusable definition, and the Erdős–Gallai matching theorem.

Selected references

  • N. Alon and P. Frankl, Turán graphs with bounded matching number, arXiv:2210.15076v1, 2022; J. Combin. Theory Ser. B, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2210.15076, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jctb.2023.12.002
  • P. Turán, On an extremal problem in graph theory (in Hungarian), Mat. Fiz. Lapok 48 (1941), 436–452.
  • P. Erdős and T. Gallai, On maximal paths and circuits of graphs, Acta Math. Acad. Sci. Hungar. 10 (1959), 337–356. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02024498
  • L. Lovász and M. D. Plummer, Matching Theory, North-Holland Mathematics Studies 121, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1090/chel/367
  • A. A. Zykov, On some properties of linear complexes, Mat. Sbornik N.S. 24(66) (1949), 163–188.
12 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsLinear OptimizationOptimal Transport·Captain: mikedeng1

Computational Optimal Transport IV: The Support Graph of an Extreme Point of the Transportation Polytope U(a, b) Has No Cycle, Hence at Most n + m − 1 Nonzero EntriesTextbook

Motivation

Discrete optimal transport between two histograms is a linear program. Its feasible set, the transportation polytope, has been studied since Hitchcock (1941) and Kantorovich, and the structure of its vertices underlies the classical algorithms for the problem: the north-west corner rule produces a vertex, and the network simplex moves from vertex to vertex. A linear program with a nonempty bounded feasible set attains its minimum at a vertex, so knowing what vertices look like tells us what optimal transport plans can be assumed to look like.

This mission is the fourth of a series formalizing G. Peyré and M. Cuturi, Computational Optimal Transport (Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning, 2019). It covers §3.4.1 of the book, Tree Structure of the Support of All Vertices of U(a, b) (pp. 405–407), whose single numbered result, Proposition 3.4, states that the support of a vertex is a forest. The book credits the result to Brualdi, Combinatorial Matrix Classes (2006, Theorem 8.1.2).

Setting

Fix integers n,mn, mn,m and histograms a∈Σna \in \Sigma_na∈Σn​, b∈Σmb \in \Sigma_mb∈Σm​. The transportation polytope is

U(a,b)={P∈R+n×m:P1m=a, P⊤1n=b},U(a,b) = \{ P \in \mathbb R_+^{n\times m} : P\mathbb 1_m = a,\ P^\top\mathbb 1_n = b \},U(a,b)={P∈R+n×m​:P1m​=a, P⊤1n​=b},

the set of nonnegative n×mn\times mn×m matrices whose row sums are a1,…,ana_1,\dots,a_na1​,…,an​ and whose column sums are b1,…,bmb_1,\dots,b_mb1​,…,bm​. Histograms are nonnegative and sum to one; U(a,b)U(a,b)U(a,b) is the set of couplings between them. The cost of a plan PPP for a cost matrix CCC is ⟨C,P⟩=∑i,jCijPij\langle C, P\rangle = \sum_{i,j} C_{ij}P_{ij}⟨C,P⟩=∑i,j​Cij​Pij​.

A point xxx of a set SSS is an extremal point (vertex) of SSS if, whenever y,z∈Sy, z \in Sy,z∈S and x=(y+z)/2x = (y+z)/2x=(y+z)/2, necessarily x=y=zx = y = zx=y=z.

Take nnn source nodes V={1,…,n}V = \{1,\dots,n\}V={1,…,n} and mmm target nodes V′={1′,…,m′}V' = \{1',\dots,m'\}V′={1′,…,m′}. The complete bipartite graph between them has the nmnmnm edges (i,j′)(i, j')(i,j′). For a matrix PPP, the support S(P)S(P)S(P) is the set of edges (i,j′)(i,j')(i,j′) with Pij>0P_{ij} > 0Pij​>0, and the support graph is G(P)=(V∪V′,S(P))G(P) = (V\cup V', S(P))G(P)=(V∪V′,S(P)). A transport plan is a flow on the complete bipartite graph, with aia_iai​ leaving node iii and bjb_jbj​ entering node j′j'j′; G(P)G(P)G(P) records the edges the flow actually uses.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3.4 (p. 406)

If PPP is an extremal point of U(a,b)U(a,b)U(a,b), then

G(P) has no cyclesand#{(i,j):Pij≠0}≤n+m−1.G(P) \text{ has no cycles}\qquad\text{and}\qquad \#\{(i,j) : P_{ij}\ne 0\} \le n + m - 1 .G(P) has no cyclesand#{(i,j):Pij​=0}≤n+m−1.

Milestones (proof of Proposition 3.4, p. 407)

  1. If G(P)G(P)G(P) has a cycle, there is a nonzero matrix EEE with E1m=0E\mathbb 1_m = 0E1m​=0, E⊤1n=0E^\top\mathbb 1_n = 0E⊤1n​=0, and Eij≠0⇒Pij>0E_{ij} \ne 0 \Rightarrow P_{ij} > 0Eij​=0⇒Pij​>0.
  2. For such an EEE and P∈U(a,b)P \in U(a,b)P∈U(a,b), both P+tEP + tEP+tE and P−tEP - tEP−tE lie in U(a,b)U(a,b)U(a,b) for some t>0t > 0t>0.
  3. A graph with kkk nodes and no cycles has at most k−1k-1k−1 edges.
  4. For P≥0P \ge 0P≥0, the edges of G(P)G(P)G(P) correspond one-to-one to the nonzero entries of PPP.

Companion (§3.4, p. 405)

For a∈Σna \in \Sigma_na∈Σn​, b∈Σmb \in \Sigma_mb∈Σm​ and any cost CCC, some minimizer of ⟨C,P⟩\langle C, P\rangle⟨C,P⟩ over U(a,b)U(a,b)U(a,b) is an extremal point of U(a,b)U(a,b)U(a,b).

Significance

Proposition 3.4 is the sparsity statement of discrete optimal transport: a vertex of U(a,b)U(a,b)U(a,b) moves mass along at most n+m−1n+m-1n+m−1 source–target pairs, out of nmnmnm possible. With the companion, some optimal plan is that sparse. This is what makes the network simplex method a combinatorial algorithm on spanning trees of the bipartite graph (§3.5 of the book), and it is the reason the north-west corner rule (§3.4.2) can produce a feasible vertex with a tree support. The same fact, specialized to n=mn = mn=m and uniform histograms, is one step on the way from Kantorovich's relaxation back to Monge's assignment problem.

The result is classical and proved; it has not, to our knowledge, been formalized. Mathlib has the transportation polytope only implicitly (no dedicated definition), and it has the edge count of trees (SimpleGraph.IsTree.card_edgeFinset) but not the corresponding bound for forests. The mission produces a machine-checked link between the convex geometry of U(a,b)U(a,b)U(a,b) and the combinatorics of its support graph, reusable by later missions of the series on the network simplex and on the assignment problem.

Difficulty

The convex-geometric half is elementary; the work is in the passage between a cycle of a graph and a matrix. The cycle is an object of Mathlib's graph library (a closed walk with distinct vertices in a graph on V⊔V′V \sqcup V'V⊔V′), while the perturbation is a matrix indexed by V×V′V \times V'V×V′. An informal picture of a cycle as a list of edges hides what the matrix statement needs: each source and each target must be visited at most once, and Mathlib's cycles are walks whose distinctness conditions have to be carried to the matrix level.

The edge bound for forests is not packaged in Mathlib either: it counts the edges of a tree, a connected acyclic graph, while the support graph of a vertex is in general disconnected, and the empty graph must be handled.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the namespace CompOT.Vertices. Indices are Fin n and Fin m (0-based; the book's [ ⁣[n] ⁣]={1,…,n}[\![n]\!] = \{1,\dots,n\}[[n]]={1,…,n}). Matrices are Matrix (Fin n) (Fin m) ℝ, and U(a,b)U(a,b)U(a,b) is the set of matrices with nonnegative entries, row sums aaa and column sums bbb. Extremality is the book's midpoint definition, relative to the set: the points y,zy, zy,z in x=(y+z)/2x = (y+z)/2x=(y+z)/2 range over U(a,b)U(a,b)U(a,b) only. This rules out the trivializing reading in which y,zy, zy,z range over all matrices (no point would then be extremal and the goal would be vacuous); conversely, the sanity file shows a non-extremal coupling, so extremality is not automatic either.

The support graph is a SimpleGraph (Fin n ⊕ Fin m) with Sum.inl i adjacent to Sum.inr j exactly when Pij>0P_{ij} > 0Pij​>0 and no other adjacencies. The book calls the edges (i,j′)(i,j')(i,j′) directed, but the cycles of its proof alternate between sources and targets, so "no cycles" is Mathlib's SimpleGraph.IsAcyclic of this undirected graph. The number of nonzero entries is the cardinality of {(i,j):Pij≠0}\{(i,j) : P_{ij} \ne 0\}{(i,j):Pij​=0}.

The goal, feasibility milestone and companion carry a∈Σna \in \Sigma_na∈Σn​, b∈Σmb \in \Sigma_mb∈Σm​, the book's standing notation for histograms (p. 360). These hypotheses make the index sets nonempty, so natural-number subtraction in the bound n+m−1n+m-1n+m−1 agrees with the book's integer expression.

Useful infrastructure, reusable beyond this mission: the forest edge bound for finite simple graphs, and the correspondence between cycles of a bipartite graph and signed matrices with zero line sums. Contributions of either as standalone lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Peyré, M. Cuturi, Computational Optimal Transport, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 11(5–6):355–607, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1561/2200000073
  • R. A. Brualdi, Combinatorial Matrix Classes, Cambridge University Press, 2006, §8.1. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511721182
  • D. Bertsimas, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Introduction to Linear Optimization, Athena Scientific, 1997, Theorem 2.7.
  • F. L. Hitchcock, The distribution of a product from several sources to numerous localities, Journal of Mathematics and Physics 20:224–230, 1941. https://doi.org/10.1002/sapm1941201224
7 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsComplexity TheoryTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Algebraic Approach to Promise Constraint Satisfaction 2: Pol(K_k, K_{2k−1}) Has No Olšák Function, So It Maps by a Minion Homomorphism to Pol(H₂, H_K)Research Paper

Approximate graph colouring

Given a graph that is promised to be kkk-colourable, how many colours are needed to find a proper colouring in polynomial time? The decision version asks to distinguish kkk-colourable graphs from graphs that are not even ccc-colourable. It has been studied since Garey and Johnson (1976) and is conjectured to be NP-hard for all fixed 3≤k≤c3 \le k \le c3≤k≤c. This is the approximate graph colouring problem, and it is one of the motivating examples of promise constraint satisfaction problems (PCSPs).

Timeline of the NP-hardness results without extra assumptions, as surveyed in Example 2.9 and §6.2 of the paper:

  • 2000–2004, Khanna–Linial–Safra and Guruswami–Khanna: 3 versus 4 colours.
  • 2013, Huang (cited as [Hua13] in the paper): kkk versus 2Ω(k1/3)2^{\Omega(k^{1/3})}2Ω(k1/3) colours for large kkk.
  • 2016, Brakensiek–Guruswami: kkk versus 2k−22k - 22k−2 colours for every k≥3k \ge 3k≥3, via polymorphisms.
  • 2018/2019, Barto–Bulín–Krokhin–Opršal (this paper): kkk versus 2k−12k - 12k−1 colours for every k≥3k \ge 3k≥3, in particular 3 versus 5. The argument is an instance of a general algebraic theory of PCSPs.

The method also applies to the question of 5-cycle versus 3-colouring, which Brakensiek and Guruswami had raised as an open case.

Setting

A relational structure A\mathbf AA consists of a finite domain AAA and relations RA⊆Aar(R)R^{\mathbf A} \subseteq A^{\mathrm{ar}(R)}RA⊆Aar(R), one for each symbol RRR of a signature. A PCSP template is a pair (A,B)(\mathbf A, \mathbf B)(A,B) of structures with the same signature and a homomorphism A→B\mathbf A \to \mathbf BA→B. Write Ek={0,…,k−1}E_k = \{0, \dots, k-1\}Ek​={0,…,k−1}.

  • Kk=(Ek;≠k)\mathbf K_k = (E_k; \neq_k)Kk​=(Ek​;=k​) is the complete graph: one binary relation {(a,b)∣a≠b}\{(a, b) \mid a \ne b\}{(a,b)∣a=b}.
  • Hk=(Ek;NAEk)\mathbf H_k = (E_k; \mathrm{NAE}_k)Hk​=(Ek​;NAEk​) carries the ternary not-all-equal relation Ek3∖{(a,a,a)}E_k^3 \setminus \{(a, a, a)\}Ek3​∖{(a,a,a)}; PCSP(Hk,Hc)\mathrm{PCSP}(\mathbf H_k, \mathbf H_c)PCSP(Hk​,Hc​) is approximate colouring of 3-uniform hypergraphs.

An nnn-ary polymorphism from A\mathbf AA to B\mathbf BB is a map f:An→Bf : A^n \to Bf:An→B that, applied coordinatewise to any nnn tuples of RAR^{\mathbf A}RA, returns a tuple of RBR^{\mathbf B}RB. For Kk\mathbf K_kKk​ and Kc\mathbf K_cKc​ these are exactly the ccc-colourings of the power Kkn\mathbf K_k^nKkn​. The set Pol(A,B)\mathrm{Pol}(\mathbf A, \mathbf B)Pol(A,B) of polymorphisms of all arities n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 is closed under minors: f(x1,…,xn)=g(xπ(1),…,xπ(m))f(x_1, \dots, x_n) = g(x_{\pi(1)}, \dots, x_{\pi(m)})f(x1​,…,xn​)=g(xπ(1)​,…,xπ(m)​) for π:[m]→[n]\pi : [m] \to [n]π:[m]→[n]. A minion is any nonempty set of functions of arities n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 that is closed under minors. A minion homomorphism ξ:M→N\xi : \mathscr M \to \mathscr Nξ:M→N preserves arities and commutes with minors. Write HK=Pol(H2,HK)\mathscr H_K = \mathrm{Pol}(\mathbf H_2, \mathbf H_K)HK​=Pol(H2​,HK​).

An Olšák function is a 6-ary function ooo with

o(x,x,y,y,y,x)=o(x,y,x,y,x,y)=o(y,x,x,x,y,y)for all x,y.o(x, x, y, y, y, x) = o(x, y, x, y, x, y) = o(y, x, x, x, y, y) \quad \text{for all } x, y .o(x,x,y,y,y,x)=o(x,y,x,y,x,y)=o(y,x,x,x,y,y)for all x,y.

The free structure FM(A)\mathbf F_{\mathscr M}(\mathbf A)FM​(A) has the ∣A∣|A|∣A∣-ary members of M\mathscr MM as its domain and relations defined by minor identities that follow the tuples of A\mathbf AA.

Formalization targets

Goal: the algebraic core of Theorem 6.5

For every k≥3k \ge 3k≥3,

∃ K≥2:there is a minion homomorphism Pol(Kk,K2k−1)→Pol(H2,HK).\exists\, K \ge 2:\quad \text{there is a minion homomorphism } \mathrm{Pol}(\mathbf K_k, \mathbf K_{2k-1}) \to \mathrm{Pol}(\mathbf H_2, \mathbf H_K).∃K≥2:there is a minion homomorphism Pol(Kk​,K2k−1​)→Pol(H2​,HK​).

KKK is left unspecified, as in the paper. This is the statement from which the paper deduces that kkk versus 2k−12k - 12k−1 colouring is NP-hard.

Milestones

  1. Example 3.5: the Olšák minor condition is not satisfied in Hk\mathscr H_kHk​ for any k≥2k \ge 2k≥2.
  2. Lemma 4.4: homomorphisms FM(A)→B\mathbf F_{\mathscr M}(\mathbf A) \to \mathbf BFM​(A)→B correspond one-to-one to minion homomorphisms M→Pol(A,B)\mathscr M \to \mathrm{Pol}(\mathbf A, \mathbf B)M→Pol(A,B).
  3. Theorem 6.2: for a minion M\mathscr MM on finite sets,
(∃K≥2, ∃ minion homomorphism M→HK)  ⟺  M contains no Olsˇaˊk function.\bigl(\exists K \ge 2,\ \exists\ \text{minion homomorphism } \mathscr M \to \mathscr H_K\bigr) \iff \mathscr M \text{ contains no Olšák function}.(∃K≥2, ∃ minion homomorphism M→HK​)⟺M contains no Olsˇaˊk function.
  1. Lemma 6.4: Pol(Kk,K2k−1)\mathrm{Pol}(\mathbf K_k, \mathbf K_{2k-1})Pol(Kk​,K2k−1​) contains no Olšák function, k≥3k \ge 3k≥3.

One further item, not a milestone, shows the bound is sharp. Proposition 10.1 says that Pol(Kk,K2k)\mathrm{Pol}(\mathbf K_k, \mathbf K_{2k})Pol(Kk​,K2k​) contains an Olšák function.

Significance

Theorem 6.2 is a criterion stated entirely inside the minion. Together with the reduction theory of the paper (a minion homomorphism Pol(A,B)→Pol(A′,B′)\mathrm{Pol}(\mathbf A, \mathbf B) \to \mathrm{Pol}(\mathbf A', \mathbf B')Pol(A,B)→Pol(A′,B′) gives a log-space reduction from PCSP(A′,B′)\mathrm{PCSP}(\mathbf A', \mathbf B')PCSP(A′,B′) to PCSP(A,B)\mathrm{PCSP}(\mathbf A, \mathbf B)PCSP(A,B)) and the NP-hardness of approximate hypergraph colouring (Dinur, Regev and Smyth 2005), it shows that every finite template without an Olšák polymorphism has an NP-hard PCSP (Corollary 6.3). Lemma 6.4 then settles the 3 versus 5 colouring case and improves the 2k−22k - 22k−2 bound to 2k−12k - 12k−1 for every k≥3k \ge 3k≥3. Proposition 10.1 shows that this criterion cannot go beyond 2k−12k - 12k−1.

The results are proved in the paper. None of them has a machine-checked proof that this mission knows of. This mission produces a Lean statement of the minion side of the argument. That includes the free-structure correspondence (Lemma 4.4), which every later application of the theory uses, and Theorem 6.2 for arbitrary finite minions. A finished formalization would include the clique argument behind Lemma 6.4 and would check the key hardness inequality c≥2k−1c \ge 2k - 1c≥2k−1 of the paper by machine.

Difficulty

Lemma 6.4 is a statement about every (2k−1)(2k-1)(2k−1)-colouring of Kk6\mathbf K_k^6Kk6​ that is constant on certain triples of vertices. The power graph has k6k^6k6 vertices, so exhaustive search is out of reach for general kkk, and case checks for k=3k = 3k=3 do not give the general claim. Showing that 2k−12k - 12k−1 colours do not suffice requires an explicit obstruction, uniform in kkk, in the graph obtained by identifying those triples; the identification creates edges that are not present in Kk6\mathbf K_k^6Kk6​, and keeping track of them is the combinatorial core. The bound is tight (Proposition 10.1), so no argument that would also apply to 2k2k2k colours can work.

In Theorem 6.2 the direction from "no Olšák function" to a minion homomorphism must build a minion homomorphism into HK\mathscr H_KHK​ out of nothing but the absence of a single identity. That direction depends on Lemma 4.4, which relates maps defined on functions of a single arity to minion homomorphisms defined on all arities; in Lean the bookkeeping of enumerations, minors and dependent arities is substantial.

Formalization scope

The development reuses the published relational-structure layer PCSPBLPAff_Symmetric_Setting (RelStruct, IsHom, IsPolymorphism, IsPromiseTemplate). Domains EkE_kEk​ are Fin k. Kk\mathbf K_kKk​ and Hk\mathbf H_kHk​ have one-symbol signatures of arity 2 and 3. Polymorphisms apply fff to the columns of an n×ar(R)n \times \mathrm{ar}(R)n×ar(R) matrix whose rows lie in RAR^{\mathbf A}RA, which is the paper's matrix transposed. A minion is a family mem n of nnn-ary functions (Fin n → A) → B with no nullary members, nonempty and closed under the minors fun x => g (x ∘ π). A minion homomorphism is a family of maps that preserves membership and minors on members, with unconstrained values outside the minion, so Lemma 4.4's "one-to-one" is stated up to agreement on the minion. Theorem 6.2 assumes the minion's sets are finite, which is the paper's standing convention (Definition 2.20). The free structure takes an enumeration e:Fin n≃Ae : \mathrm{Fin}\ n \simeq Ae:Fin n≃A of the generating domain and quantifies the enumeration of each relation existentially. In the goal, k≥3k \ge 3k≥3 makes 2k−12k - 12k−1 free of natural-number truncation.

The codomain of the goal is exactly Pol(H2,HK)\mathrm{Pol}(\mathbf H_2, \mathbf H_K)Pol(H2​,HK​) with K≥2K \ge 2K≥2. A minion homomorphism into an arbitrary or existentially chosen minion, or into HK\mathscr H_KHK​ with K≤1K \le 1K≤1, would be trivial and is ruled out by the statement.

Not formalized. The NP-hardness conclusions of Theorem 6.5 and Corollary 6.3 are left out, and so are the log-space reduction of Theorem 3.1 and the cited hardness of approximate hypergraph colouring (Theorem 5.23, [DRS05]). There is no complexity-theoretic substrate in Mathlib for them. Lemma 6.6 (Pol(C5,K3)\mathrm{Pol}(\mathbf C_5, \mathbf K_3)Pol(C5​,K3​)) is a natural follow-up item. Contributions are welcome on every milestone. Lemma 4.4 and the minion layer can be reused beyond this mission, for any minion-homomorphism argument in the PCSP literature.

Selected references

  • L. Barto, J. Bulín, A. Krokhin, J. Opršal, Algebraic approach to promise constraint satisfaction, arXiv:1811.00970v3, 2019; J. ACM 68(4), 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1811.00970v3
  • J. Brakensiek, V. Guruswami, New hardness results for graph and hypergraph colorings, CCC 2016. https://doi.org/10.4230/LIPIcs.CCC.2016.14
  • I. Dinur, O. Regev, C. Smyth, The hardness of 3-uniform hypergraph coloring, Combinatorica 25(5), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00493-005-0032-4
  • M. Olšák, The weakest nontrivial idempotent equations, Bull. London Math. Soc. 49(6), 2017. https://doi.org/10.1112/blms.12097
  • S. Khanna, N. Linial, S. Safra, On the hardness of approximating the chromatic number, Combinatorica 20(3), 2000. https://doi.org/10.1007/s004930070013
9 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Generation and Properties of Snarks 3: A Snark on 26 Vertices All of Whose 2-Factors Consist of Odd Cycles Refutes the Abreu–Labbate–Sheehan ConjectureResearch Paper

Motivation

A cubic graph has chromatic index 3 or 4 (Vizing). Cubic graphs of chromatic index 4 — the uncolourable ones — are where most of the open problems on cubic graphs live: a minimal counterexample to the cycle double cover conjecture or to Tutte's 5-flow conjecture would be among them. Uncolourable graphs with small edge cuts or short cycles reduce to smaller ones, so attention concentrates on snarks, the uncolourable cubic graphs that are cyclically 4-edge connected and have girth at least 5.

Brinkmann, Goedgebeur, Hägglund and Markström (arXiv:1206.6690v3, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 103, 2013) generated all snarks on up to 36 vertices and tested a series of published conjectures against them. One of these concerns the 2-factors of a snark, its spanning subgraphs in which every vertex has degree 2. A 3-edge-colouring of a cubic graph gives 2-factors made of even cycles, so a snark is a graph in which some 2-factors are forced to contain odd cycles. At the far end are the snarks in which every 2-factor consists of odd cycles only. Abreu, Labbate and Sheehan (European J. Combin. 33, 2012), studying pseudo and strongly pseudo 2-factor isomorphic graphs, conjectured that this happens only for the Petersen graph, the Blanuša-2 snark and the Flower snarks (paper, p. 11, Conjecture 4.11).

Timeline:

  • 2012: Abreu, Labbate and Sheehan state the conjecture.
  • 2012–2013: Brinkmann, Goedgebeur, Hägglund and Markström refute it with a snark on 26 vertices, printed in Appendix 8.1 of their paper (p. 29); by computer search they report it is the smallest counterexample and that one more exists on 34 vertices (Observation 4.12).

Setting

All graphs are finite and simple. A graph GGG is cubic if every vertex has degree 3. It is colourable if its edges can be coloured with three colours so that edges sharing an endpoint get different colours, and uncolourable otherwise. The girth g(G)g(G)g(G) is the number of vertices of a shortest cycle. GGG is cyclically kkk-edge connected if deleting fewer than kkk edges never leaves two components that both contain a cycle. A snark is an uncolourable, cyclically 4-edge connected cubic graph with g(G)≥5g(G) \ge 5g(G)≥5 (paper, p. 4).

A 2-factor of GGG is a spanning 2-regular subgraph FFF: it uses every vertex, and every vertex has degree exactly 2 in FFF. Each component of FFF is a cycle. Say that all 2-factors of GGG are odd if every component of every 2-factor of GGG has an odd number of vertices.

The witness is the graph G8.1G_{8.1}G8.1​ of Appendix 8.1, given in the paper as a list of higher-numbered neighbours of the vertices 1,…,261, \dots, 261,…,26:

{2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,7,9,8,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,15,17,18,19,18,20,18,21,22,21,23,23,24,22,24,25,26,26,25,26}.\{2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 7, 9, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 15, 17, 18, 19, 18, 20, 18, 21, 22, 21, 23, 23, 24, 22, 24, 25, 26, 26, 25, 26\}.{2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,7,9,8,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,15,17,18,19,18,20,18,21,22,21,23,23,24,22,24,25,26,26,25,26}.

It has 26 vertices and 39 edges. In Lean it is G81 : SimpleGraph (Fin 26) with paper vertex iii as i−1i-1i−1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Observation 4.12, existence half

G8.1 is a snarkandevery 2-factor of G8.1 consists of odd cycles.G_{8.1} \text{ is a snark} \quad\text{and}\quad \text{every 2-factor of } G_{8.1} \text{ consists of odd cycles.}G8.1​ is a snarkandevery 2-factor of G8.1​ consists of odd cycles.

Because G8.1G_{8.1}G8.1​ has 26 vertices, it is not the Petersen graph (10 vertices), not the Blanuša-2 snark (18) and not a Flower snark JkJ_kJk​ (4k4k4k vertices). The goal therefore refutes Conjecture 4.11 without formalizing the conjecture's list of exceptions.

Milestones

The goal splits into five properties of the one graph G8.1G_{8.1}G8.1​:

  1. G8.1G_{8.1}G8.1​ is cubic;
  2. g(G8.1)≥5g(G_{8.1}) \ge 5g(G8.1​)≥5;
  3. G8.1G_{8.1}G8.1​ is cyclically 4-edge connected;
  4. every 2-factor of G8.1G_{8.1}G8.1​ consists of odd cycles;
  5. G8.1G_{8.1}G8.1​ is uncolourable.

A supporting statement, not from the paper, asserts that G8.1G_{8.1}G8.1​ has a 2-factor, so that milestone 4 is not vacuous.

Significance

The result. Conjecture 4.11 would have characterised a natural extremal class of snarks by a short explicit list. The counterexample shows that the class is not that list: there are snarks outside the Petersen, Blanuša-2 and Flower families in which no 2-factor contains an even cycle. Such graphs are relevant to questions about 2-factor structure, oddness and cycle double covers, where the parity of 2-factor cycles is exactly what the arguments track.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper by exhibiting the graph and checking it by computer; it has not been machine-checked in a proof assistant. A formal proof certifies every property of the printed graph — including that the printed adjacency list decodes to a graph with these properties — and leaves a reusable library of definitions (snarks, cyclic edge connectivity, 2-factors) that other snark statements can import.

Difficulty

Each property is a finite check, but some are large. Cubicity and girth are local. Cyclic 4-edge connectivity quantifies over all sets of at most three of the 39 edges (about ten thousand) and needs, for each, a component analysis of the remaining graph. The odd-2-factor property quantifies over all 2-factors; in a cubic graph these are the complements of the perfect matchings, and G8.1G_{8.1}G8.1​ has 56 perfect matchings. The obvious route — decide over all subgraphs — is out of reach: there are 2392^{39}239 edge subsets, and the statement is phrased through Mathlib's ConnectedComponent and IsRegularOfDegree, which do not evaluate by kernel computation at this size. Uncolourability has the same problem: the naive search space has 3393^{39}339 colourings.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to:

  • Vertices are Fin 26, paper vertex iii = Lean vertex i−1i-1i−1; adjacency is the symmetric closure of an explicit edge list G81Edges, so it is decidable.
  • Colourable means G.lineGraph.Colorable 3 (a proper 3-edge-colouring), never G.Colorable 3.
  • Girth is Mathlib's egirth : ℕ∞, so "girth at least 5" is 5 ≤ G.egirth.
  • A 2-factor is a graph F on the same vertex type with F ≤ G and F.IsRegularOfDegree 2 — spanning by construction. Oddness is per component: Odd (Nat.card c.supp) for every component c. It is not the parity of the whole vertex set (26 is even).
  • Cyclic kkk-edge connectivity: for every edge set S with S.card < k, any two components of G.deleteEdges S that both contain a cycle are equal.

The odd-2-factor property is vacuous for a graph without 2-factors. The goal is not trivialised this way: G8.1G_{8.1}G8.1​ has 2-factors, and a supporting theorem states it.

Out of scope, because they rest on exhaustive computer enumeration: that G8.1G_{8.1}G8.1​ is the smallest counterexample, that there is exactly one further counterexample on 34 vertices, Observation 4.10 (all snarks on at most 36 vertices have oddness 2), and Tables 4 and 5. The Petersen graph, the Blanuša-2 snark and the Flower snarks are not defined here; the refutation uses only their orders.

Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone; general lemmas linking 2-factors of cubic graphs to perfect matchings, and 3-edge-colourings to even 2-factors; decision procedures for cyclic edge connectivity of explicit graphs. The definitions are shared in shape with the other missions of this series and are meant to be reused.

Selected references

  • G. Brinkmann, J. Goedgebeur, J. Hägglund, K. Markström, Generation and properties of snarks, arXiv:1206.6690v3, 2013; J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 103 (2013). https://arxiv.org/abs/1206.6690v3 , https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jctb.2013.05.001
  • M. Abreu, D. Labbate, J. Sheehan, Pseudo and strongly pseudo 2-factor isomorphic regular graphs and digraphs, European J. Combin. 33 (2012), no. 8, 1847–1856. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=2950486
  • G. Brinkmann, K. Coolsaet, J. Goedgebeur, H. Mélot, House of Graphs: a database of interesting graphs, Discrete Appl. Math. 161 (2013), 311–314. https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=2973372
12 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Generation and Properties of Snarks 2: A Cyclically 5-Edge-Connected Permutation Snark on 34 Vertices Refutes Zhang's Conjecture That Only the Petersen Graph Is OneResearch Paper

Motivation

A snark is a cubic graph that cannot be properly edge-coloured with three colours and that does not reduce to a smaller such graph. Snarks are the smallest possible counterexamples to several central conjectures about cubic graphs, among them the cycle double cover conjecture, Tutte's 5-flow conjecture and the Berge–Fulkerson conjecture, so structural statements about snarks narrow the search for counterexamples to those conjectures.

Permutation graphs are cubic graphs built from two disjoint cycles of equal length joined by a perfect matching, so that the two cycles are induced. The Petersen graph is the classical example: its outer 5-cycle and inner pentagram are joined by five spokes. In his monograph Integer Flows and Cycle Covers of Graphs (1997), C.-Q. Zhang conjectured that the Petersen graph is the only permutation snark that is also cyclically 5-edge connected.

Brinkmann, Goedgebeur, Hägglund and Markström (arXiv:1206.6690v3, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 103, 2013) built a generator for snarks and enumerated all snarks up to 36 vertices. Among them they found twelve cyclically 5-edge-connected permutation snarks on 34 vertices, which refute Zhang's conjecture (Observation 4.2), and they printed all twelve in Appendix 8.6 of the paper. This mission formalizes the refutation using the first of those graphs.

Setting

All graphs are finite and simple. A cycle is a 2-regular connected graph. A graph is cubic if every vertex has degree 3. A 2-factor of GGG is a spanning 2-regular subgraph. The girth g(G)g(G)g(G) is the number of vertices in a shortest cycle of GGG.

A cubic graph is colourable if it has a proper 3-edge-colouring: a map c:E(G)→{1,2,3}c : E(G) \to \{1,2,3\}c:E(G)→{1,2,3} giving distinct colours to distinct edges with a common endpoint. Otherwise it is uncolourable.

A graph GGG is cyclically kkk-edge connected if deleting fewer than kkk edges from GGG never leaves two distinct components that both contain a cycle.

A snark is an uncolourable, cyclically 4-edge connected cubic graph with g(G)≥5g(G) \ge 5g(G)≥5.

A cubic graph is a permutation graph if it has a 2-factor consisting of two induced cycles. Equivalently, its vertex set splits as A∪(V∖A)A \cup (V \setminus A)A∪(V∖A) with both induced subgraphs G[A]G[A]G[A] and G[V∖A]G[V \setminus A]G[V∖A] cycles. A permutation snark is a snark that is a permutation graph.

The Petersen graph PPP is the graph on {0,…,9}\{0,\dots,9\}{0,…,9} with the outer cycle i∼i+1(mod5)i \sim i+1 \pmod 5i∼i+1(mod5), the spokes i∼i+5i \sim i+5i∼i+5, and the inner pentagram 5+i∼5+((i+2) mod 5)5+i \sim 5+((i+2) \bmod 5)5+i∼5+((i+2)mod5).

Zhang's Conjecture 4.1. Let GGG be a cubic cyclically 5-edge-connected permutation graph. If GGG is a snark, then GGG must be the Petersen graph.

The witness G1G_1G1​ is the first graph in Appendix 8.6 (p. 36). It is given as a list of higher-numbered neighbours of the vertices 1,…,341,\dots,341,…,34; decoded, it has 51 edges. In the Lean development the paper's vertex iii is i - 1 : Fin 34.

Formalization targets

Goal: Observation 4.2, first sentence

¬ ZhangConjecture,\neg\,\mathrm{ZhangConjecture},¬ZhangConjecture,

that is, there is a finite cubic, cyclically 5-edge connected permutation snark that is not isomorphic to the Petersen graph. This is SnarkGen.Zhang.observation_4_2.

Milestones: the properties of G1G_1G1​

Each milestone is a property of G1G_1G1​ asserted by the heading of Appendix 8.6, "The 12 cyclically 5-edge connected permutation snarks on 34 vertices":

  1. G1G_1G1​ is cubic;
  2. g(G1)≥5g(G_1) \ge 5g(G1​)≥5;
  3. G1G_1G1​ is cyclically 5-edge connected;
  4. G1G_1G1​ is a permutation graph;
  5. G1G_1G1​ is uncolourable;
  6. G1G_1G1​ is a snark;
  7. G1G_1G1​ satisfies all hypotheses of Conjecture 4.1 and G1≇PG_1 \not\cong PG1​≅P.

The goal follows from milestone 7 directly. Two supporting theorems are included: cyclic kkk-edge connectivity is monotone in kkk, and the paper's remark (p. 9) that every permutation snark has order ≡2(mod4)\equiv 2 \pmod 4≡2(mod4).

Significance

Zhang's conjecture predicted that the Petersen graph is isolated among highly connected permutation snarks. Its refutation shows that this is false, and the twelve 34-vertex graphs went on to serve as counterexamples to further conjectures in the same paper (Conjectures 5.17, 5.20 and 5.21, about cycle double covers containing a prescribed 2-factor). They are also listed in the House of Graphs database.

The refutation in the paper is a computer result: the graphs were found by an exhaustive search, and their properties were checked by programs. A formal proof would replace that check with a machine-verified one that is independent of the generator. It would also produce reusable certified tools for finite cubic graphs: a kernel-checked test for uncolourability, cyclic edge connectivity, and girth. No machine-checked proof of any of these properties of G1G_1G1​ is known to exist.

Difficulty

The statements are short, but none of the properties of G1G_1G1​ follows from a general theorem; each must be checked on the specific graph. The obvious approach, to unfold the definitions and let a decision procedure enumerate, does not scale:

  • Uncolourability quantifies over all 3513^{51}351 edge colourings.
  • Cyclic 5-edge connectivity quantifies over all edge sets of size at most 4 (about 270,000 of them among 51 edges), and for each one over the components of the remaining graph and the cycles inside them.
  • The permutation structure requires exhibiting the two induced 17-cycles and proving that each induced subgraph is connected and 2-regular.
  • Girth requires ruling out all cycles of length 3 and 4.

The definitions are stated in terms of Mathlib's general notions (line graphs, walks, connected components), not in terms of a computable representation. Connecting them to an efficient computation is the main work.

Formalization scope

Graphs are SimpleGraph V with [Fintype V]. The conventions are as follows.

  • "Colourable" is G.lineGraph.Colorable 3, a proper 3-colouring of the line graph. It is not a vertex colouring of GGG.
  • Cyclic kkk-edge connectivity quantifies over finite edge sets S ⊆ G.edgeSet with S.card < k. Components and cycles are taken in G.deleteEdges S.
  • Girth is 5 ≤ G.egirth, the extended girth, which is ∞\infty∞ for acyclic graphs.
  • Degrees in the general predicates use classical decidability. Any other decidability instance gives the same degrees.
  • The conjecture quantifies over all finite vertex types in Type and reads "must be the Petersen graph" as Nonempty (H ≃g petersen).

The conjecture keeps every printed hypothesis, including the redundant "cubic". Dropping "permutation graph" or "cyclically 5-edge connected" would make the refutation easier, since other cyclically 5-edge-connected snarks are known. The cyclic connectivity must be computed in the graph after deletion and must require both components to contain a cycle; otherwise it degenerates into ordinary edge connectivity, which is at most 3 for cubic graphs and would make the conjecture vacuous.

Proofs should be checked by the Lean kernel. The decision procedures for colourability and cyclic connectivity are the reusable part of this mission, and contributions that build them for arbitrary finite cubic graphs are welcome.

Out of scope.

  • The second and third sentences of Observation 4.2 ("The smallest counterexamples have 34 vertices, and there are exactly 12 counterexamples of that order"). They rest on an exhaustive enumeration of all snarks up to 36 vertices.
  • The other eleven graphs of Appendix 8.6.
  • Conjectures 5.17, 5.20 and 5.21. Their refutation needs the "no cycle double cover contains this 2-factor" certificate of Observation 5.18.
  • The counts in Table 3.

Selected references

  • G. Brinkmann, J. Goedgebeur, J. Hägglund, K. Markström, Generation and properties of snarks, arXiv:1206.6690v3, 2013; J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 103 (2013). https://arxiv.org/abs/1206.6690v3
  • C.-Q. Zhang, Integer Flows and Cycle Covers of Graphs, Monographs and Textbooks in Pure and Applied Mathematics 205, Marcel Dekker, 1997.
  • G. Brinkmann, K. Coolsaet, J. Goedgebeur, H. Mélot, House of Graphs: a database of interesting graphs, Discrete Appl. Math. 161 (2013), 311–314. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dam.2012.07.018
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Complexity TheoryLinear algebraOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Most Tensor Problems Are NP-Hard 5: The Stability Number Is Read Off the Largest Eigenvalue of an Explicit Symmetric 3-TensorResearch Paper

Motivation

For a real symmetric matrix, the largest eigenvalue is the maximum of the quadratic form x⊤Ax\mathbf x^\top A\mathbf xx⊤Ax on the unit sphere, and it is computable to any accuracy in polynomial time. Tensor eigenvalues, introduced independently by Lim (2005) and Qi (2005), extend this picture to higher order: they are the stationary values of the cubic form A(x,x,x)\mathcal A(\mathbf x,\mathbf x,\mathbf x)A(x,x,x) on the unit sphere. They appear in multilinear statistics, signal processing, hypergraph theory and polynomial optimization, and for these applications the symmetric case is the natural one.

Hillar and Lim, in Most Tensor Problems Are NP-Hard (J. ACM 2013), show that the eigenvalue problem stays NP-hard when the tensor is required to be symmetric (their Theorem 9.3). The proof is short once one ingredient is available: a theorem of Nesterov (2003), in a form corrected by Hillar and Lim, that expresses the stability number of a graph as the maximum of an explicit cubic polynomial over a sphere. This mission formalizes that chain.

Setting

Let G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) be a simple graph on V={1,…,v}V=\{1,\dots,v\}V={1,…,v}, v≥1v\ge1v≥1. A set of vertices is stable if no two of its members are adjacent; the stability number α(G)\alpha(G)α(G) is the size of a largest stable set, so 1≤α(G)≤v1\le\alpha(G)\le v1≤α(G)≤v.

Put n=v+v(v−1)/2n=v+v(v-1)/2n=v+v(v−1)/2 and write a vector of Rn\mathbb R^nRn as z=(x,y)\mathbf z=(\mathbf x,\mathbf y)z=(x,y), with x=(x1,…,xv)\mathbf x=(x_1,\dots,x_v)x=(x1​,…,xv​) indexed by vertices and y=(yij)i<j\mathbf y=(y_{ij})_{i<j}y=(yij​)i<j​ indexed by pairs of vertices. The tensor SG=[ ⁣[sabc] ⁣]∈Rn×n×n\mathcal S_G=[\![s_{abc}]\!]\in\mathbb R^{n\times n\times n}SG​=[[sabc​]]∈Rn×n×n has entry 111 at the six orderings of the triple of coordinates (xi,xj,yij)(x_i,x_j,y_{ij})(xi​,xj​,yij​) for every non-adjacent pair i<ji<ji<j, and 000 elsewhere. It is symmetric: its entries do not change under any permutation of the three indices.

For a real 3-tensor A=[ ⁣[aabc] ⁣]\mathcal A=[\![a_{abc}]\!]A=[[aabc​]] the cubic form is A(z,z,z)=∑a,b,caabczazbzc\mathcal A(\mathbf z,\mathbf z,\mathbf z)=\sum_{a,b,c}a_{abc}z_az_bz_cA(z,z,z)=∑a,b,c​aabc​za​zb​zc​, and a real λ\lambdaλ is a unit ℓ2\ell^2ℓ2-eigenvalue of A\mathcal AA if

∑a,baabczazb=λzcfor all c,for some z with ∥z∥2=1.\sum_{a,b}a_{abc}z_az_b=\lambda z_c\quad\text{for all }c,\qquad\text{for some }\mathbf z\text{ with }\|\mathbf z\|_2=1 .a,b∑​aabc​za​zb​=λzc​for all c,for some z with ∥z∥2​=1.

Finally, λl=223(1−1l)\lambda_l=2\sqrt{\tfrac23\left(1-\tfrac1l\right)}λl​=232​(1−l1​)​ for l≥1l\ge1l≥1. In Lean these are TensorNP.SymEigen.stabTensor, cubicForm, IsUnitL2Eigenvalue and lambdaL, and α(G)\alpha(G)α(G) is Mathlib's SimpleGraph.indepNum.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9.3, core

α(G)=max⁡{ l∈{1,…,v}: λl is a unit ℓ2-eigenvalue of SG }.\alpha(G)=\max\{\,l\in\{1,\dots,v\}:\ \lambda_l\text{ is a unit }\ell^2\text{-eigenvalue of }\mathcal S_G\,\}.α(G)=max{l∈{1,…,v}: λl​ is a unit ℓ2-eigenvalue of SG​}.

That is, λα(G)\lambda_{\alpha(G)}λα(G)​ is an eigenvalue of SG\mathcal S_GSG​, and no λl\lambda_lλl​ with α(G)<l≤v\alpha(G)<l\le vα(G)<l≤v is. This is the statement on which the paper's vvv-query reduction rests; nothing is claimed about l<α(G)l<\alpha(G)l<α(G).

Milestones, in the paper's order

  1. Theorem 9.2 (Nesterov). With Sn−1={(x,y):∥x∥22+∥y∥22=1}\mathbb S^{n-1}=\{(\mathbf x,\mathbf y):\|\mathbf x\|_2^2+\|\mathbf y\|_2^2=1\}Sn−1={(x,y):∥x∥22​+∥y∥22​=1},
1−1α(G)=332⋅max⁡(x,y)∈Sn−1 ∑i<j, {i,j}∉Exixjyij.\sqrt{1-\frac1{\alpha(G)}}=3\sqrt{\frac32}\cdot\max_{(\mathbf x,\mathbf y)\in\mathbb S^{n-1}}\ \sum_{i<j,\ \{i,j\}\notin E}x_ix_jy_{ij}.1−α(G)1​​=323​​⋅(x,y)∈Sn−1max​ i<j, {i,j}∈/E∑​xi​xj​yij​.
  1. The tensor. SG\mathcal S_GSG​ is symmetric and SG(z,z,z)=6∑i<j,{i,j}∉Exixjyij\mathcal S_G(\mathbf z,\mathbf z,\mathbf z)=6\sum_{i<j,\{i,j\}\notin E}x_ix_jy_{ij}SG​(z,z,z)=6∑i<j,{i,j}∈/E​xi​xj​yij​.
  2. The maximum is an eigenvalue. max⁡∥z∥2=1SG(z,z,z)\max_{\|\mathbf z\|_2=1}\mathcal S_G(\mathbf z,\mathbf z,\mathbf z)max∥z∥2​=1​SG​(z,z,z) is attained and is a unit ℓ2\ell^2ℓ2-eigenvalue of SG\mathcal S_GSG​.
  3. Its value. max⁡∥z∥2=1SG(z,z,z)=λα(G)\max_{\|\mathbf z\|_2=1}\mathcal S_G(\mathbf z,\mathbf z,\mathbf z)=\lambda_{\alpha(G)}max∥z∥2​=1​SG​(z,z,z)=λα(G)​.
  4. Further result: Theorem 6.9 (Banach), (23). For every symmetric S∈Rn×n×n\mathcal S\in\mathbb R^{n\times n\times n}S∈Rn×n×n,
sup⁡x,y,z≠0∣S(x,y,z)∣∥x∥2∥y∥2∥z∥2=sup⁡x≠0∣S(x,x,x)∣∥x∥23,\sup_{\mathbf x,\mathbf y,\mathbf z\ne\mathbf 0}\frac{|\mathcal S(\mathbf x,\mathbf y,\mathbf z)|}{\|\mathbf x\|_2\|\mathbf y\|_2\|\mathbf z\|_2}=\sup_{\mathbf x\ne\mathbf 0}\frac{|\mathcal S(\mathbf x,\mathbf x,\mathbf x)|}{\|\mathbf x\|_2^3},x,y,z=0sup​∥x∥2​∥y∥2​∥z∥2​∣S(x,y,z)∣​=x=0sup​∥x∥23​∣S(x,x,x)∣​,

both sides finite. The paper uses it in §10 to transfer Theorem 9.3 to the spectral norm and the best rank-one approximation of symmetric tensors.

Significance

The result. Theorem 9.3 places symmetric tensor eigenvalue among the NP-hard problems of Hillar and Lim's Table I, and through Banach's theorem (Theorem 10.2 of the paper) the same holds for the largest singular value, the spectral norm and the best rank-one approximation of a symmetric 3-tensor. These are the quantities computed by higher-order power methods and by moment-based estimators, so the result marks where the matrix theory stops transferring.

Formalizing it. All results here are proved in the literature; none is machine-checked. Nesterov's theorem, which rests on the Motzkin–Straus theorem for the complement graph, is not on the platform or in Mathlib, and its formal statement settles the constant that the original paper got wrong by a factor 1/21/\sqrt21/2​ (Hillar–Lim, footnote 12). Banach's theorem on symmetric multilinear forms is likewise absent from Mathlib and is useful well beyond this mission.

Difficulty

The tensor identity (milestone 2) is bookkeeping. The analytic content sits in two places. First, Nesterov's theorem: the obvious route, fixing x\mathbf xx and maximizing over y\mathbf yy by Cauchy–Schwarz, reduces the cubic problem to a quartic one in x\mathbf xx, whose value still has to be identified with α(G)\alpha(G)α(G); that identification is the Motzkin–Straus theorem, which is not available in Lean and is itself a nontrivial optimization over the simplex. Second, the passage from a maximum to an eigenvalue needs a Lagrange multiplier argument on the sphere, and the symmetry of SG\mathcal S_GSG​ is what makes the gradient of the cubic form match the eigen-equation. Part (b) of the goal needs a further, unprinted observation relating every unit eigenpair to the cubic form. Banach's theorem has no short proof; the classical arguments go through polarization estimates or a variational argument specific to symmetric forms.

Formalization scope

  • Tensors and indices. A 3-tensor is a function ι → ι → ι → ℝ on a finite index type. For SG\mathcal S_GSG​ the index type is the disjoint union of the vertices Fin v and the pairs {(i,j):i<j}\{(i,j): i<j\}{(i,j):i<j}; this is Rn\mathbb R^nRn with coordinates labelled by name instead of by the paper's enumeration φ(i,j)=(i−1)v−i(i−1)/2+j−i\varphi(i,j)=(i-1)v-i(i-1)/2+j-iφ(i,j)=(i−1)v−i(i−1)/2+j−i. Vertices are 0,…,v−10,\dots,v-10,…,v−1.
  • Normalization. Eigenvalues are taken with a unit eigenvector. The paper's Problem 9.1 and Definition 5.1 say only x≠0\mathbf x\ne\mathbf 0x=0; since (λ,x)↦(tλ,tx)(\lambda,\mathbf x)\mapsto(t\lambda,t\mathbf x)(λ,x)↦(tλ,tx) preserves the eigen-equation, that reading would make every nonzero real an eigenvalue of SG\mathcal S_GSG​ and the goal false. The unit sphere (13) is where the paper derives the notion.
  • Explicit readings. The paper's index range "1≤i<j<k≤v1\le i<j<k\le v1≤i<j<k≤v" in the definition of sijks_{ijk}sijk​ is read as k≤nk\le nk≤n (taken literally it gives SG=0\mathcal S_G=0SG​=0). Every "max" is stated as a greatest element, so attainment is claimed. In (23) the suprema are real suprema over nonzero vectors with boundedness part of the conclusion. v≥1v\ge1v≥1 is assumed wherever the paper uses α(G)∈{1,…,v}\alpha(G)\in\{1,\dots,v\}α(G)∈{1,…,v}.
  • Not formalized. The oracle procedure of the proof of Theorem 9.3, the polynomial size of SG\mathcal S_GSG​, the input model of Problem 9.1 with quadratic irrationalities (Remark 9.4), and the NP-completeness of the stability number (Karp 1972, via α(G)=ω(G‾)\alpha(G)=\omega(\overline G)α(G)=ω(G)). The goal is the mathematical core of the Turing reduction, not a complexity statement.
  • Trivializations ruled out. Without the unit normalization the eigenvalue statements are trivial or false; a goal stating only (a), or only an inequality between the maximum and λα(G)\lambda_{\alpha(G)}λα(G)​, would not determine α(G)\alpha(G)α(G); both are excluded by the statements above.
  • Infrastructure. Everything rests on Mathlib (SimpleGraph.indepNum, real analysis on finite-dimensional spaces, Lagrange multipliers). A Motzkin–Straus theorem for SimpleGraph and Banach's theorem for symmetric trilinear forms are both reusable beyond this mission; contributions of either, or of a general "maximum of a symmetric cubic form on the sphere is an eigenvalue" lemma, are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. J. Hillar, L.-H. Lim, Most Tensor Problems Are NP-Hard, Journal of the ACM 60(6), Article 45, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1145/2512329 (arXiv:0911.1393v5: https://arxiv.org/abs/0911.1393)
  • Yu. Nesterov, Random walk in a simplex and quadratic optimization over convex polytopes, CORE Discussion Paper 2003/71, 2003. http://edoc.bib.ucl.ac.be:83/archive/00000238/01/dp2003-71.pdf
  • E. de Klerk, The complexity of optimizing over a simplex, hypercube or sphere: a short survey, Central European Journal of Operations Research 16, 111–125, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10100-007-0052-9
  • T. S. Motzkin, E. G. Straus, Maxima for graphs and a new proof of a theorem of Turán, Canadian Journal of Mathematics 17, 533–540, 1965. https://doi.org/10.4153/CJM-1965-053-6
  • S. Banach, Über homogene Polynome in (L2L^2L2), Studia Mathematica 7(1), 36–44, 1938 (reference [Banach 1938] of Hillar–Lim).
  • L.-H. Lim, Singular values and eigenvalues of tensors: a variational approach, Proc. IEEE CAMSAP 1, 129–132, 2005. https://arxiv.org/abs/math/0607648
  • L. Qi, Eigenvalues of a real supersymmetric tensor, Journal of Symbolic Computation 40, 1302–1324, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsc.2005.05.007
  • R. M. Karp, Reducibility among combinatorial problems, in Complexity of Computer Computations, 85–103, 1972. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-2001-2_9
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Complexity TheoryLinear algebraOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Most Tensor Problems Are NP-Hard 3: The Clique Number Is the Unique l for Which an Explicit Graph Tensor Has Spectral Norm 1Research Paper

Motivation

The spectral norm of a matrix, its largest singular value, is computable in polynomial time to any accuracy. Its analogue for 3-tensors appears in the analysis of multilinear systems, in the best rank-1 approximation of a data array, in quantum information (the geometric measure of entanglement), and in the injective norm of tensor products. Hillar and Lim, Most Tensor Problems Are NP-Hard (J. ACM 60(6), 2013, Article 45; final version arXiv:0911.1393v5), show that, in contrast with matrices, deciding whether a fixed nonzero rational number is a singular value or the spectral norm of a rational 3-tensor is NP-hard (their Theorems 6.5 and 1.10).

The proof is a reduction from the clique number ω(G)\omega(G)ω(G) of a graph. It combines three classical ingredients: the theorem of Motzkin and Straus (1965), which expresses ω(G)\omega(G)ω(G) as the value of a quadratic program over the simplex; a theorem of Banach (1938) on the spectral norm of symmetric tensors; and an observation from He, Li and Zhang (2010) on maxima of sums of squared bilinear forms. Deciding ω(G)≥l\omega(G)\ge lω(G)≥l is one of Karp's (1972) NP-complete problems.

Setting

A real 3-tensor is an array A=[ ⁣[aijk] ⁣]∈Rl×m×n\mathcal A=[\![a_{ijk}]\!]\in\mathbb R^{l\times m\times n}A=[[aijk​]]∈Rl×m×n with trilinear form A(x,y,z)=∑i,j,kaijkxiyjzk\mathcal A(\mathbf x,\mathbf y,\mathbf z)=\sum_{i,j,k}a_{ijk}x_iy_jz_kA(x,y,z)=∑i,j,k​aijk​xi​yj​zk​. With the Euclidean norm ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​, its spectral norm is

∥A∥2,2,2=sup⁡x,y,z≠0∣A(x,y,z)∣∥x∥2∥y∥2∥z∥2.\|\mathcal A\|_{2,2,2}=\sup_{\mathbf x,\mathbf y,\mathbf z\ne\mathbf 0}\frac{|\mathcal A(\mathbf x,\mathbf y,\mathbf z)|}{\|\mathbf x\|_2\|\mathbf y\|_2\|\mathbf z\|_2}.∥A∥2,2,2​=x,y,z=0sup​∥x∥2​∥y∥2​∥z∥2​∣A(x,y,z)∣​.

A real σ\sigmaσ is a unit ℓ2\ell^2ℓ2-singular value of A\mathcal AA if there are unit vectors u,v,w\mathbf u,\mathbf v,\mathbf wu,v,w with

∑j,kaijkvjwk=σui,∑i,kaijkuiwk=σvj,∑i,jaijkuivj=σwk\textstyle\sum_{j,k}a_{ijk}v_jw_k=\sigma u_i,\quad \sum_{i,k}a_{ijk}u_iw_k=\sigma v_j,\quad \sum_{i,j}a_{ijk}u_iv_j=\sigma w_k∑j,k​aijk​vj​wk​=σui​,∑i,k​aijk​ui​wk​=σvj​,∑i,j​aijk​ui​vj​=σwk​

for all i,j,ki,j,ki,j,k: the stationarity conditions of A(u,v,w)\mathcal A(\mathbf u,\mathbf v,\mathbf w)A(u,v,w) on a product of unit spheres.

Let G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) be a simple graph on V={1,…,v}V=\{1,\dots,v\}V={1,…,v}, v≥1v\ge1v≥1, with eee edges {ik,jk}\{i_k,j_k\}{ik​,jk​}, k=1,…,ek=1,\dots,ek=1,…,e, and clique number ω\omegaω. Let Δv\Delta_vΔv​ be the standard simplex, AGA_GAG​ the adjacency matrix and JJJ the all-ones matrix. For a positive integer lll set Ql=AG+1lJQ_l=A_G+\frac1lJQl​=AG​+l1​J and Ml=max⁡x∈Δvx⊤QlxM_l=\max_{\mathbf x\in\Delta_v}\mathbf x^\top Q_l\mathbf xMl​=maxx∈Δv​​x⊤Ql​x. Let Ek=12Eikjk+12EjkikE_k=\frac12E_{i_kj_k}+\frac12E_{j_ki_k}Ek​=21​Eik​jk​​+21​Ejk​ik​​, and let TlT_lTl​ be the maximum over unit u,v∈Rv\mathbf u,\mathbf v\in\mathbb R^vu,v∈Rv, w∈Rl+2e\mathbf w\in\mathbb R^{l+2e}w∈Rl+2e of the multilinear form

∑i=1l(u⊤1lIv)wi+∑k=1e(u⊤Ekv)wl+k+∑k=1e(u⊤Ekv)we+l+k.(26)\sum_{i=1}^l\Big(\mathbf u^\top\tfrac1lI\mathbf v\Big)w_i+\sum_{k=1}^e(\mathbf u^\top E_k\mathbf v)w_{l+k}+\sum_{k=1}^e(\mathbf u^\top E_k\mathbf v)w_{e+l+k}. \tag{26}i=1∑l​(u⊤l1​Iv)wi​+k=1∑e​(u⊤Ek​v)wl+k​+k=1∑e​(u⊤Ek​v)we+l+k​.(26)

The graph tensor Al∈Qv×v×(l+2e)\mathcal A_l\in\mathbb Q^{v\times v\times(l+2e)}Al​∈Qv×v×(l+2e) has as entry aijka_{ijk}aijk​ the coefficient of uivjwku_iv_jw_kui​vj​wk​ in (26).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorems 6.5 and 1.10, encoding-free core

For every graph GGG on v≥1v\ge1v≥1 vertices and every enumeration of its edges:

∀l≥1: ∥Al∥2,2,2=1  ⟺  l=ω;1 is a unit singular value of Aω;∀l>ω: 1 is not one of Al,\forall l\ge1:\ \|\mathcal A_l\|_{2,2,2}=1\iff l=\omega;\qquad 1\text{ is a unit singular value of }\mathcal A_\omega;\qquad \forall l>\omega:\ 1\text{ is not one of }\mathcal A_l,∀l≥1: ∥Al​∥2,2,2​=1⟺l=ω;1 is a unit singular value of Aω​;∀l>ω: 1 is not one of Al​,

so ω\omegaω is the largest l∈{1,…,v}l\in\{1,\dots,v\}l∈{1,…,v} for which 111 is a unit singular value of Al\mathcal A_lAl​. The paper's vvv-query Turing reductions rest on exactly this.

Milestones (in attack order)

  1. Theorem 6.7 (Motzkin–Straus): 1−1/ω=2max⁡x∈Δv∑{i,j}∈Exixj1-1/\omega=2\max_{\mathbf x\in\Delta_v}\sum_{\{i,j\}\in E}x_ix_j1−1/ω=2maxx∈Δv​​∑{i,j}∈E​xi​xj​.
  2. (22): Ml=1+ω−llωM_l=1+\frac{\omega-l}{l\omega}Ml​=1+lωω−l​; so Mω=1M_\omega=1Mω​=1, Ml>1M_l>1Ml​>1 for l<ωl<\omegal<ω, Ml<1M_l<1Ml​<1 for l>ωl>\omegal>ω.
  3. Lemma 6.8: Ml=NlM_l=N_lMl​=Nl​, where Nl=max⁡∥u∥2=1{∑i=1l(u⊤1lIu)2+2∑k(u⊤Eku)2}N_l=\max_{\|\mathbf u\|_2=1}\{\sum_{i=1}^l(\mathbf u^\top\frac1lI\mathbf u)^2+2\sum_k(\mathbf u^\top E_k\mathbf u)^2\}Nl​=max∥u∥2​=1​{∑i=1l​(u⊤l1​Iu)2+2∑k​(u⊤Ek​u)2}.
  4. Theorem 6.9 (Banach), (24): for a symmetric 4-tensor, ∥S∥2,2,2,2=sup⁡x≠0∣S(x,x,x,x)∣/∥x∥24\|\mathcal S\|_{2,2,2,2}=\sup_{\mathbf x\neq\mathbf 0}|\mathcal S(\mathbf x,\mathbf x,\mathbf x,\mathbf x)|/\|\mathbf x\|_2^4∥S∥2,2,2,2​=supx=0​∣S(x,x,x,x)∣/∥x∥24​.
  5. Proposition 6.10 (He–Li–Zhang): for symmetric AkA_kAk​, max⁡∥u∥=∥v∥=1∑k(u⊤Akv)2=max⁡∥v∥=1∑k(v⊤Akv)2\max_{\|\mathbf u\|=\|\mathbf v\|=1}\sum_k(\mathbf u^\top A_k\mathbf v)^2=\max_{\|\mathbf v\|=1}\sum_k(\mathbf v^\top A_k\mathbf v)^2max∥u∥=∥v∥=1​∑k​(u⊤Ak​v)2=max∥v∥=1​∑k​(v⊤Ak​v)2.
  6. Lemma 6.11: Tl=Ml1/2T_l=M_l^{1/2}Tl​=Ml1/2​, hence Tl=1T_l=1Tl​=1 iff l=ωl=\omegal=ω, Tl>1T_l>1Tl​>1 iff l<ωl<\omegal<ω, Tl<1T_l<1Tl​<1 iff l>ωl>\omegal>ω.
  7. Proof of Theorem 6.5: ∥Al∥2,2,2=Tl\|\mathcal A_l\|_{2,2,2}=T_l∥Al​∥2,2,2​=Tl​, TlT_lTl​ is a unit singular value of Al\mathcal A_lAl​, and every unit singular value has absolute value at most TlT_lTl​.
  8. §7 (content of Theorem 1.13): min⁡σ≥0, unit u,v,w∥A−σ u⊗v⊗w∥F2=∥A∥F2−∥A∥2,2,22\min_{\sigma\ge0,\ \text{unit }\mathbf u,\mathbf v,\mathbf w}\|\mathcal A-\sigma\,\mathbf u\otimes\mathbf v\otimes\mathbf w\|_F^2=\|\mathcal A\|_F^2-\|\mathcal A\|_{2,2,2}^2minσ≥0, unit u,v,w​∥A−σu⊗v⊗w∥F2​=∥A∥F2​−∥A∥2,2,22​, attained only with σ=∥A∥2,2,2\sigma=\|\mathcal A\|_{2,2,2}σ=∥A∥2,2,2​.

Significance

The result. The goal shows that a single comparison with 111 of the spectral norm, or of the singular-value spectrum, of an explicit rational tensor of size v×v×(l+2e)v\times v\times(l+2e)v×v×(l+2e) encodes whether l=ω(G)l=\omega(G)l=ω(G). It is the step that makes the spectral norm, the largest singular value, and (through §7) the best rank-1 approximation of a 3-tensor NP-hard, whereas all three are polynomial-time for matrices. It explains why the higher-order power method and its relatives carry no global guarantees, and it is the starting point for inapproximability results such as the paper's Theorem 1.11.

Formalizing it. The results are proved on paper; none of them is formalized. Motzkin–Straus, Banach's polarization theorem for symmetric 4-tensors, and the He–Li–Zhang identity are classical results that are not in Mathlib and not on the platform; each is reusable well beyond this mission (Turán-type bounds, polynomial optimization over spheres, injective norms). The mission also checks the paper's construction at the level of indices and constants.

Difficulty

The construction of Al\mathcal A_lAl​ is explicit, and the comparison with 111 is arithmetic once Tl=Ml1/2T_l=M_l^{1/2}Tl​=Ml1/2​ is known. Everything rests on the three cited theorems. Motzkin–Straus is an optimization statement over the simplex whose maximizers may lie on the boundary and need not be unique, so a first-order computation at an interior critical point does not settle it. Banach's theorem asserts equality, not equality up to a constant: the standard polarization identity bounds the 4-linear form by its diagonal values only up to a factor. Proposition 6.10 is where the paper's own argument is loose: the 4-linear form it introduces is not symmetric, so (24) does not apply as printed. Finally, the singular-value clauses require that the maximum of a trilinear form on a product of spheres is a stationary value. This must be proved, not assumed.

Formalization scope

Tensors are arrays Fin l → Fin m → Fin n → ℝ with 0-based indices: the paper's aijka_{ijk}aijk​ is A (i-1) (j-1) (k-1). The Euclidean norm is Real.sqrt (∑ i, x i ^ 2). Suprema and maxima are sSup of sets that are nonempty and bounded under the stated hypotheses; where the paper's "max" carries content (Motzkin–Straus, (22), §7), attainment is stated with IsGreatest/IsLeast. The graph is a SimpleGraph (Fin v) with v≥1v\ge1v≥1, clique number Mathlib's SimpleGraph.cliqueNum, and its edges are enumerated by an arbitrary Fin e ≃ G.edgeSet. Every statement holds for each enumeration, so the tensor depends on the choice and the conclusions do not. Al\mathcal A_lAl​ is a rational tensor, read over R\mathbb RR by casting.

Explicit readings of the paper:

  • Definition 6.1 has no norm constraint. Since (σ,u,v,w)↦(tσ,tu,tv,tw)(\sigma,\mathbf u,\mathbf v,\mathbf w)\mapsto(t\sigma,t\mathbf u,t\mathbf v,t\mathbf w)(σ,u,v,w)↦(tσ,tu,tv,tw) preserves (20), unnormalized singular values make every nonzero real a singular value of Al\mathcal A_lAl​, so the clause "not for l>ωl>\omegal>ω" would be false. Singular vectors are therefore unit vectors, as in the paper's derivation on p. 0:21.
  • The statement of Lemma 6.11 prints wm+l+kw_{m+l+k}wm+l+k​. There is no mmm in §6, and the proof uses we+l+kw_{e+l+k}we+l+k​, which is formalized.
  • EkE_kEk​ is written entrywise as 12[{i,j}={ik,jk}]\frac12[\{i,j\}=\{i_k,j_k\}]21​[{i,j}={ik​,jk​}], which equals 12Eikjk+12Ejkik\frac12E_{i_kj_k}+\frac12E_{j_ki_k}21​Eik​jk​​+21​Ejk​ik​​ for a loopless edge.
  • "TlT_lTl​ is just the maximum ℓ2\ell^2ℓ2-singular value of Al\mathcal A_lAl​" is made explicit as milestone 7.
  • The goal does not claim that 111 fails to be a singular value of Al\mathcal A_lAl​ for l<ωl<\omegal<ω; the paper neither claims nor uses this.

This is the mathematical core of a polynomial-time Turing reduction, not an NP-hardness theorem. The polynomial size of Al\mathcal A_lAl​, the vvv-query procedure, the scaling to a general fixed 0≠σ∈Q0\ne\sigma\in\mathbb Q0=σ∈Q, and the NP-completeness of CLIQUE (Karp 1972, cited) are not formalized. Theorem 1.11 and Corollary 1.12 are out of scope.

Two formalizations would make the goal trivial, and both are excluded. One is dropping the unit-norm constraint, which makes every nonzero number a singular value. The other is a spectral norm taken as a supremum over all vectors without normalization, which makes it unbounded and junk-valued; here the quotients are normalized.

Contributions are welcome on each milestone. Motzkin–Straus, Banach (24) and He–Li–Zhang are self-contained and reusable. Lemma 6.11 and milestone 7 need Cauchy–Schwarz and a Lagrange-type stationarity argument on spheres, which Mathlib supports through IsLocalExtrOn and the Lagrange multiplier files.

Selected references

  • C. J. Hillar, L.-H. Lim, Most Tensor Problems Are NP-Hard, J. ACM 60(6), Article 45, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1145/2512329 (final version arXiv:0911.1393v5, https://arxiv.org/abs/0911.1393v5)
  • T. S. Motzkin, E. G. Straus, Maxima for graphs and a new proof of a theorem of Turán, Canadian J. Math. 17, 533–540, 1965. https://doi.org/10.4153/CJM-1965-053-6
  • S. Banach, Über homogene Polynome in (L²), Studia Math. 7, 36–44, 1938. https://doi.org/10.4064/sm-7-1-36-44
  • S. He, Z. Li, S. Zhang, Approximation algorithms for homogeneous polynomial optimization with quadratic constraints, Math. Program. Ser. B 125(2), 353–383, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-010-0409-z
  • R. M. Karp, Reducibility among combinatorial problems, in Complexity of Computer Computations, Plenum, 85–103, 1972. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-2001-2_9
11 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Generation and Properties of Snarks 1: Inserting an Edge Between Two Edges of One Bicoloured Cycle of a 3-Edge-Coloured Cubic Graph Yields a 3-Edge-Colourable GraphResearch Paper

Motivation

A snark is an uncolourable, cyclically 4-edge-connected cubic graph of girth at least 5: a cubic graph whose edges cannot be properly coloured with three colours, and which is not reducible to a smaller such graph by an elementary operation. Snarks are the critical cases for several of the central conjectures of graph theory, among them the cycle double cover conjecture, Tutte's 5-flow conjecture and the Berge–Fulkerson conjecture: a minimal counterexample to any of them, if one exists, is a snark. Lists of all small snarks are therefore used to test such conjectures by computer.

Brinkmann, Goedgebeur, Hägglund and Markström (arXiv:1206.6690v3, 2013) generated all snarks on up to 36 vertices. Testing 3-edge-colourability is NP-complete, and only a vanishing fraction of cubic graphs are snarks (0.00044% of the cubic graphs of girth at least 5 on 28 vertices, p. 4), so the generation algorithm needs cheap criteria that recognise, before a graph is built, that it will be colourable and can be skipped. Section 3.1 of the paper supplies such a criterion for the last construction step, and this mission formalizes it.

Setting

All graphs are finite and simple. A graph is cubic if every vertex has degree 3. A 3-colouring of a graph G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) is a map C:E→{0,1,2}C:E\to\{0,1,2\}C:E→{0,1,2} that gives different colours to any two distinct edges sharing an end-vertex; GGG is colourable if it has one, i.e. its chromatic index satisfies χ′(G)≤3\chi'(G)\le 3χ′(G)≤3 (p. 2, Isaacs' terminology).

A 2-factor of GGG is a spanning 2-regular subgraph FFF (p. 4); each connected component of FFF is a cycle. FFF is an even 2-factor if all its cycles have even length (p. 5). For a 3-colouring CCC and colours i≠ji\ne ji=j, write GijG_{ij}Gij​ for the spanning subgraph whose edges are those coloured iii or jjj.

The edge insertion operation (Figure 1(d), p. 5) takes two distinct edges e=abe=abe=ab and e′=cde'=cde′=cd of GGG, which may share an end-vertex, subdivides eee by a new vertex xxx and e′e'e′ by a new vertex yyy, and adds the edge xyxyxy. The resulting graph G′G'G′ has vertex set V∪{x,y}V\cup\{x,y\}V∪{x,y} and edge set

E(G′)=(E∖{e,e′})∪{ax,xb,cy,yd,xy}.E(G')=\bigl(E\setminus\{e,e'\}\bigr)\cup\{ax,xb,cy,yd,xy\}.E(G′)=(E∖{e,e′})∪{ax,xb,cy,yd,xy}.

If GGG is cubic, so is G′G'G′. In the generation algorithm every graph of girth at least 4 is produced from a graph with two fewer vertices by this operation.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3 (p. 5)

Let GGG be a cubic graph with a 3-colouring CCC, let i≠ji\ne ji=j be colours, and let e=abe=abe=ab, e′=cde'=cde′=cd be distinct edges of GijG_{ij}Gij​ lying on the same cycle of GijG_{ij}Gij​. Then

χ′(G′)≤3,G′=G with an edge inserted between e and e′.\chi'(G')\le 3,\qquad G' = G \text{ with an edge inserted between } e \text{ and } e'.χ′(G′)≤3,G′=G with an edge inserted between e and e′.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.1 (p. 5). For a cubic graph GGG,
χ′(G)≤3  ⟺  G has an even 2-factor.\chi'(G)\le 3 \iff G \text{ has an even 2-factor.}χ′(G)≤3⟺G has an even 2-factor.
  1. The two-colour observation (§3.1, p. 5). If GGG is cubic, CCC is a 3-colouring and i≠ji\ne ji=j, then GijG_{ij}Gij​ is an even 2-factor of GGG.
  2. Lemma 3.2 (p. 5). If FFF is an even 2-factor of a cubic graph GGG and e≠e′e\ne e'e=e′ are edges of FFF on the same cycle of FFF, then the graph obtained by inserting an edge between eee and e′e'e′ is colourable.

Supporting statement (not on the goal's path)

Theorem 3.4 (p. 6, stated as folklore without proof). If GGG is a colourable cubic graph and the inserted edge xyxyxy lies on a 4-cycle of G′G'G′, then G′G'G′ is colourable.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.3 is the look-ahead of the snark generator: one 3-colouring of a graph on n−2n-2n−2 vertices excludes, at once, every pair of edges lying on a common cycle of one of its three bicoloured 2-factors. For 28 vertices the first colouring alone discards on average 85% of the candidate edge pairs (p. 6), and the overall ratio of weak snarks among generated graphs on the last level improves by a factor of 85 (p. 4). The enumeration of all snarks up to 36 vertices, on which the paper's counterexamples and statistics rest, depends on this pruning being sound: a wrong pruning rule would silently delete snarks from the lists. Theorem 3.4 is a second pruning rule of the same kind.

Formalizing it. The results are proved (Lemma 3.1 is classical; the paper gives the argument for Lemma 3.2 in one sentence and for Theorem 3.3 by combination). None of them, and no statement about 3-edge-colourings of cubic graphs and their 2-factors, is formalized on the platform. The mission produces a machine-checked soundness proof of the pruning criterion and, along the way, a reusable development of the equivalence between 3-edge-colourings and even 2-factors in Lean's SimpleGraph library. Theorem 3.4 has no proof in the paper.

Difficulty

The combinatorial content is short; the difficulty lies in graph-theoretic infrastructure that Mathlib does not have. Lemma 3.1 relates a global object (a proper colouring of all edges) to the cycle structure of a spanning 2-regular subgraph, and either direction needs the description of a finite 2-regular graph as a disjoint union of cycles together with parity information along each cycle. Mathlib has walks, cycles and connected components, but no decomposition of a 2-regular graph into cycles and no notion of the length of a component as a cycle.

Lemma 3.2 and Theorem 3.3 change the vertex type: G′G'G′ lives on V⊔{x,y}V\sqcup\{x,y\}V⊔{x,y}, so 2-factors, connected components and cycle lengths must be transported from GGG to G′G'G′, and the case where eee and e′e'e′ share an end-vertex (allowed by Figure 1(d)) has to be handled alongside the generic one. A first idea, to extend a given 3-colouring of GGG directly to G′G'G′, does not work in general: the colours forced on the edges at xxx and yyy by the old colours of eee and e′e'e′ can conflict, and the hypothesis "same cycle" is what has to be used to avoid the conflict.

Formalization scope

Vertices form a type V with [Fintype V] [DecidableEq V]; graphs are SimpleGraph V with decidable adjacency, and "cubic" is Mathlib's G.IsRegularOfDegree 3. Colourability is G.lineGraph.Colorable 3 (an edge colouring, not a vertex colouring), and a 3-colouring is G.lineGraph.Coloring (Fin 3). A 2-factor is a graph F on the same vertex type with F ≤ G and F.IsRegularOfDegree 2; it is even if every connected component has an even number of vertices (Nat.card). The edge insertion operation produces a graph on V ⊕ Fin 2, with Sum.inr 0 subdividing eee and Sum.inr 1 subdividing e′e'e′; edges are unordered pairs Sym2 V. "On the same cycle" is encoded as membership of both edges in the 2-factor plus reachability of their end-vertices inside the 2-factor. Oddness is not defined as a number; Lemma 3.1 is stated in its second form.

Dropping "on the same cycle" would make Theorem 3.3 and Lemma 3.2 false (inserting edges between different cycles of a bicoloured 2-factor is exactly how snarks are produced), and both statements require the two edges to be distinct; a formalization without either hypothesis is ruled out. Every statement assumes cubicity, without which Lemma 3.1 fails.

Out of scope: the algorithmic content of §3 (isomorphism rejection, the look-ahead implementation, recolouring along non-hamiltonian cycles, the 85% / 11% / 3.4% statistics), the generation counts, and every exhaustive-search claim of the paper. The remaining results of the paper are covered by three sibling missions of this series.

Reusable beyond this mission: the 2-factor and even-2-factor definitions, the two-colour 2-factor of an edge colouring, and Lemma 3.1 itself. Contributions welcome: the cycle decomposition of finite 2-regular graphs, alternating colourings of even cycles, and a proof of Theorem 3.4.

Selected references

  • G. Brinkmann, J. Goedgebeur, J. Hägglund, K. Markström, Generation and properties of snarks, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 103 (2013); arXiv:1206.6690v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1206.6690
  • R. Isaacs, Infinite families of nontrivial trivalent graphs which are not Tait colorable, Amer. Math. Monthly 82 (1975) 221–239. https://doi.org/10.2307/2319844
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Complexity TheoryTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributed Verification and Hardness of Distributed Approximation: Simulation Theorem — Time R < (dᵖ−1)/2 on G(Γ,d,p) with B-Bit Messages Gives an ε-Error Two-Party Protocol with 2dpB·R BitsResearch Paper

Motivation

In distributed computing, many graph problems (minimum spanning tree, shortest paths, connectivity checks) are solved by processors that sit at the vertices of the input network and communicate only along its edges. When every edge can carry only a few bits per round, the number of rounds an algorithm needs can be far larger than the network's diameter. Understanding by how much is the central question of the CONGEST (here: B) model of Peleg's monograph Distributed Computing: A Locality-Sensitive Approach (SIAM, 2000).

Das Sarma, Holzer, Kor, Korman, Nanongkai, Pandurangan, Peleg and Wattenhofer (SIAM J. Comput. 41 (2012) 1235–1265) proved round lower bounds for a long list of verification problems (is a given subgraph a spanning tree, a cut, a Hamiltonian cycle, …) and for approximating optimization problems such as the minimum spanning tree and shortest paths. Every one of those bounds goes through a single reduction, the Simulation Theorem (Theorem 3.1), which transfers lower bounds from two-party communication complexity to distributed algorithms.

Timeline:

  • 2000: Peleg and Rubinovich (SIAM J. Comput. 30) prove an Ω~(n)\tilde\Omega(\sqrt n)Ω~(n​) lower bound for distributed MST construction on a family of graphs built from paths and a tree.
  • 2006: Elkin (SIAM J. Comput. 36) extends it to MST approximation, using the networks G(Γ,d,p)G(\Gamma,d,p)G(Γ,d,p) (reference [10] of the paper).
  • 2011–2012: Das Sarma et al. isolate the Simulation Theorem as a general reduction for arbitrary Boolean functions fff and derive lower bounds for many verification and approximation problems.

Setting

A B-model network is an undirected graph whose vertices are processors with unbounded local computation. Computation proceeds in synchronous rounds; in each round, every vertex sends a message of BBB bits along each incident edge in each direction, then updates its local state from its old state and the messages it received. Two vertices sss and rrr hold inputs x,y∈{0,1}bx,y\in\{0,1\}^bx,y∈{0,1}b; all other vertices start without input. A public-coin randomized algorithm additionally lets all vertices read a shared random string. It computes f:{0,1}b×{0,1}b→{0,1}f:\{0,1\}^b\times\{0,1\}^b\to\{0,1\}f:{0,1}b×{0,1}b→{0,1} with ϵ\epsilonϵ-error in TTT rounds if, for every (x,y)(x,y)(x,y), both sss and rrr output f(x,y)f(x,y)f(x,y) after round TTT with probability at least 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ. RϵG(f)R^{G}_\epsilon(f)RϵG​(f) is the least such TTT.

In the communication complexity model, Alice holds xxx, Bob holds yyy, one bit is sent per round, and both must output f(x,y)f(x,y)f(x,y). Rϵcc−pub(f)R^{cc-pub}_\epsilon(f)Rϵcc−pub​(f) is the least number of bits of an ϵ\epsilonϵ-error public-coin protocol.

The network G(Γ,d,p)G(\Gamma,d,p)G(Γ,d,p) consists of Γ\GammaΓ paths P1,…,PΓ\mathcal P^1,\dots,\mathcal P^\GammaP1,…,PΓ with dpd^pdp vertices v0ℓ,…,vdp−1ℓv^\ell_0,\dots,v^\ell_{d^p-1}v0ℓ​,…,vdp−1ℓ​ each, a complete ddd-ary tree T\mathcal TT of depth ppp with vertices u0ℓ,…,udℓ−1ℓu^\ell_0,\dots,u^\ell_{d^\ell-1}u0ℓ​,…,udℓ−1ℓ​ at level ℓ\ellℓ, and spoke edges joining each leaf ujpu^p_jujp​ to vjℓv^\ell_jvjℓ​ on every path. The inputs sit at the two extreme leaves, s=u0ps=u^p_0s=u0p​ and r=udp−1pr=u^p_{d^p-1}r=udp−1p​. The iii-right set RiR_iRi​ consists of all path vertices at positions j≥ij\ge ij≥i, the leaves ujpu^p_jujp​ with j≥ij\ge ij≥i, and their ancestors; the iii-left set LiL_iLi​ is the mirror image, and L0=V∖{r}L_0=V\setminus\{r\}L0​=V∖{r}, R0=V∖{s}R_0=V\setminus\{s\}R0​=V∖{s}. CRtC_{R_t}CRt​​ denotes the vector of states of the vertices of RtR_tRt​ at the end of round ttt.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 (Simulation Theorem)

If a public-coin algorithm on G(Γ,d,p)G(\Gamma,d,p)G(Γ,d,p) computes fff with ϵ\epsilonϵ-error in TTT rounds and

T<dp−12,T<\frac{d^p-1}{2},T<2dp−1​,

then some public-coin two-party protocol computes fff with ϵ\epsilonϵ-error using at most

2 d p B T bits,i.e.Rϵcc−pub(f)≤2dpB RϵG(Γ,d,p)(f).2\,d\,p\,B\,T\ \text{bits},\qquad\text{i.e.}\qquad R^{cc-pub}_\epsilon(f)\le 2dpB\,R^{G(\Gamma,d,p)}_\epsilon(f).2dpBT bits,i.e.Rϵcc−pub​(f)≤2dpBRϵG(Γ,d,p)​(f).

Milestones

  1. Observation 3.3: the configuration of UUU at round ttt is determined by the configuration of U′⊇UU'\supseteq UU′⊇U at round t−1t-1t−1 and the messages into UUU from outside U′U'U′.
  2. §3.3 edge count: for 0<t<(dp−1)/20<t<(d^p-1)/20<t<(dp−1)/2, at most dpdpdp edges join V∖Rt−1V\setminus R_{t-1}V∖Rt−1​ to RtR_tRt​ (and V∖Lt−1V\setminus L_{t-1}V∖Lt−1​ to LtL_tLt​).
  3. Inclusion from the proof of Lemma 3.4: V∖Rt−1⊆Lt−1V\setminus R_{t-1}\subseteq L_{t-1}V∖Rt−1​⊆Lt−1​ (and its mirror image).
  4. Lemma 3.4: CRt=gR(CRt−1,M1,…,Mdp)C_{R_t}=g_R(C_{R_{t-1}},M_1,\dots,M_{dp})CRt​​=gR​(CRt−1​​,M1​,…,Mdp​) for dpdpdp messages of BBB bits sent from Lt−1L_{t-1}Lt−1​, with gRg_RgR​ and the message edges fixed before the inputs; and symmetrically for CLtC_{L_t}CLt​​.

Significance

The theorem turns any lower bound Rϵcc−pub(f)=Ω(b)R^{cc-pub}_\epsilon(f)=\Omega(b)Rϵcc−pub​(f)=Ω(b), such as those for set disjointness and equality, into a round lower bound on G(Γ,d,p)G(\Gamma,d,p)G(Γ,d,p): an algorithm with T<(dp−1)/2T<(d^p-1)/2T<(dp−1)/2 rounds forces T≥Rϵcc−pub(f)/(2dpB)T\ge R^{cc-pub}_\epsilon(f)/(2dpB)T≥Rϵcc−pub​(f)/(2dpB). Choosing the parameters gives the paper's bounds of order n/(Blog⁡n)\sqrt{n/(B\log n)}n/(Blogn)​ rounds for verification and approximation problems (§§4–7), and the same reduction underlies a large body of later CONGEST lower bounds.

The result has been proved since 2011. A machine-checked version would provide the first formal model of synchronous bandwidth-limited message passing and of public-coin two-party protocols on the platform, together with a verified reduction between them. No formalization of the theorem, of the B model, or of two-party communication protocols is known to exist in Mathlib or on the platform.

Difficulty

The informal proof is short; the work lies in making the information flow precise. The naive simulation, in which Alice simulates the vertices near sss and Bob those near rrr, fails because the cut between the two halves contains Γ\GammaΓ path edges plus the spokes, and Γ\GammaΓ can be large: sending every message across it costs ΓB\Gamma BΓB bits per round. The argument must instead let both parties' simulated regions shrink by one path position per round, so that the only messages crossing into Bob's region come from ppp tree vertices with ddd children each. Making this rigorous requires a careful accounting of which vertices belong to RtR_tRt​, which edges leave V∖Rt−1V\setminus R_{t-1}V∖Rt−1​, and why the functions that update the configurations do not depend on the other party's input.

Formalization scope

  • Network. Vertices are (Fin Γ × Fin (d^p)) ⊕ Σ ℓ : Fin (p+1), Fin (d^ℓ); paths are numbered from 000. The children of uiℓu^\ell_iuiℓ​ are udi+kℓ+1u^{\ell+1}_{di+k}udi+kℓ+1​, 0≤k<d0\le k<d0≤k<d. Li,RiL_i,R_iLi​,Ri​ are Finsets defined for every iii, with the paper's special case at i=0i=0i=0. The nodes s,rs,rs,r require dp≥1d^p\ge1dp≥1.
  • Messages are exactly BBB bits (Fin B → Bool) on every directed edge in every round. Optional or variable-length messages would let silence carry information and make the theorem false (e.g. at B=0B=0B=0).
  • Algorithms. Inputs enter only through the initial states of sss and rrr; a vertex receives a fixed dummy from non-neighbours. Running time is a fixed number TTT of rounds, outputs read after round TTT; this is equivalent to the paper's worst-case time.
  • Randomness is a PMF on an arbitrary type, shared by all vertices (resp. both parties); ϵ\epsilonϵ-error requires both outputs to be correct on the same random string, and ϵ≥0\epsilon\ge0ϵ≥0.
  • Protocols send one bit per round, so cost equals bits exchanged. Alice's moves read only xxx and the transcript, Bob's only yyy. Modelling the two-party side as a two-vertex B-model network would carry two bits per round and weaken the constant 2dpB2dpB2dpB by a factor of 222; the formalization does not do this.
  • Lemma 3.4 is stated with the functions gL,gRg_L,g_RgL​,gR​ and the message edges chosen before the inputs. A version where they may depend on (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) is trivially true and is ruled out.
  • The "in other words" inequality between the minimal complexities is not posed through sInf, which would be 000 on an empty set; the goal is stated for every algorithm.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and reusable infrastructure for executions of message-passing algorithms (locality lemmas such as Observation 3.3 hold on any graph).

Selected references

  • A. Das Sarma, S. Holzer, L. Kor, A. Korman, D. Nanongkai, G. Pandurangan, D. Peleg, R. Wattenhofer, Distributed Verification and Hardness of Distributed Approximation, SIAM J. Comput. 41(5), 2012, 1235–1265. https://doi.org/10.1137/11085178X
  • M. Elkin, An Unconditional Lower Bound on the Time-Approximation Trade-off for the Distributed Minimum Spanning Tree Problem, SIAM J. Comput. 36(2), 2006, 433–456. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539704441848
  • D. Peleg, V. Rubinovich, A Near-Tight Lower Bound on the Time Complexity of Distributed Minimum-Weight Spanning Tree Construction, SIAM J. Comput. 30(5), 2000, 1427–1442. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539700369740
  • D. Peleg, Distributed Computing: A Locality-Sensitive Approach, SIAM, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898719772
  • E. Kushilevitz, N. Nisan, Communication Complexity, Cambridge University Press, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511574948
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryDynamical Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Synchronization and Transient Stability in Power Networks and Nonuniform Kuramoto Oscillators 3: Identical ω_i/D_i and Zero Phase Shifts Give Exponential Phase SynchronizationResearch Paper

Motivation

Networks of coupled oscillators model generators in an electric power grid, pacemaker cells, Josephson junction arrays and many other systems in which units with their own rhythm interact through their phase differences. Dörfler and Bullo (arXiv:0910.5673v4; SIAM J. Control Optim. 50(3), 2012, doi:10.1137/110851584) show that, after a singular-perturbation reduction, the transient-stability question for a lossy power network with non-uniform generators becomes a synchronization question for a non-uniform Kuramoto model: oscillators with different damping coefficients, different natural frequencies, an arbitrary coupling graph and phase shifts induced by line losses.

This mission concerns the cleanest regime of that model: lossless coupling and natural frequencies proportional to the damping. There the oscillators do more than agree on a frequency; they agree on a phase. For the classic Kuramoto model (Kuramoto, 1975) with identical frequencies, phase synchronization from inside an open half-circle was obtained by consensus methods for nonlinear coupled systems (Lin, Francis and Maggiore, 2007) and by Jadbabaie, Motee and Barahona (2004). Theorem V.10 of Dörfler–Bullo extends this to non-uniform damping, directed coupling with a globally reachable node, and gives an explicit worst-case rate for symmetric coupling. The proof rests on the contraction theory of time-varying consensus protocols (Moreau, 2004).

Setting

There are n≥2n \ge 2n≥2 oscillators. Oscillator iii has a phase θi\theta_iθi​ on the circle, a damping coefficient Di>0D_i > 0Di​>0 and a natural frequency ωi∈R\omega_i \in \mathbb Rωi​∈R. Oscillators interact through coupling weights Pij≥0P_{ij} \ge 0Pij​≥0 (i≠ji \ne ji=j, with Pii=0P_{ii} = 0Pii​=0) and phase shifts φij∈[0,π/2[\varphi_{ij} \in [0, \pi/2[φij​∈[0,π/2[. The non-uniform Kuramoto model (8) is

Di θ˙i=ωi−∑j=1nPijsin⁡(θi−θj+φij),i=1,…,n.D_i\,\dot\theta_i = \omega_i - \sum_{j=1}^n P_{ij}\sin(\theta_i - \theta_j + \varphi_{ij}), \qquad i = 1,\dots,n .Di​θ˙i​=ωi​−j=1∑n​Pij​sin(θi​−θj​+φij​),i=1,…,n.

The weights define a directed graph with an edge from iii to jjj whenever Pij>0P_{ij} > 0Pij​>0; a globally reachable node is a node kkk to which every node has a directed path. For γ∈[0,π]\gamma \in [0,\pi]γ∈[0,π] the closed arc set Δˉ(γ)\bar\Delta(\gamma)Δˉ(γ) is the set of configurations whose angles all lie in a closed arc of length γ\gammaγ.

This mission assumes zero phase shifts, φmax⁡=max⁡i,jφij=0\varphi_{\max} = \max_{i,j}\varphi_{ij} = 0φmax​=maxi,j​φij​=0, and proportional frequencies, ωi/Di=ωˉ\omega_i / D_i = \bar\omegaωi​/Di​=ωˉ for all iii. The phases synchronize exponentially to a trajectory θ∞(t)\theta_\infty(t)θ∞​(t) when there are CCC and λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 with ∣θi(t)−θ∞(t)∣≤Ce−λt|\theta_i(t) - \theta_\infty(t)| \le C e^{-\lambda t}∣θi​(t)−θ∞​(t)∣≤Ce−λt for all iii and t≥0t \ge 0t≥0.

For the rate, L(aij)=diag(∑jaij)−AL(a_{ij}) = \mathrm{diag}(\sum_j a_{ij}) - AL(aij​)=diag(∑j​aij​)−A is the Laplacian of a weight array, λ2(L(Pij))\lambda_2(L(P_{ij}))λ2​(L(Pij​)) is its second-smallest eigenvalue (the algebraic connectivity) when P=PTP = P^TP=PT, cos⁡∠(D1,1)=∑iDi/(n∑iDi2)\cos\angle(D\mathbf 1,\mathbf 1) = \sum_i D_i / (\sqrt n \sqrt{\sum_i D_i^2})cos∠(D1,1)=∑i​Di​/(n​∑i​Di2​​), Dmax⁡=max⁡iDiD_{\max} = \max_i D_iDmax​=maxi​Di​, Dmin⁡=min⁡iDiD_{\min} = \min_i D_iDmin​=mini​Di​, and sinc(x)=sin⁡(x)/x\mathrm{sinc}(x) = \sin(x)/xsinc(x)=sin(x)/x.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem V.10 (Phase synchronization)

For every solution with θ(0)∈Δˉ(γ)\theta(0) \in \bar\Delta(\gamma)θ(0)∈Δˉ(γ), γ∈[0,π[\gamma \in [0,\pi[γ∈[0,π[:

  1. there is c∈[θmin⁡(0),θmax⁡(0)]c \in [\theta_{\min}(0), \theta_{\max}(0)]c∈[θmin​(0),θmax​(0)] such that the phases synchronize exponentially to θ∞(t)=c+ωˉt\theta_\infty(t) = c + \bar\omega tθ∞​(t)=c+ωˉt;
  2. if P=PTP = P^TP=PT, they synchronize exponentially to the weighted mean angle θ∞(t)=∑iDiθi(0)/∑iDi+ωˉt\theta_\infty(t) = \sum_i D_i\theta_i(0)/\sum_i D_i + \bar\omega tθ∞​(t)=∑i​Di​θi​(0)/∑i​Di​+ωˉt, and δ(t)=θ(t)−θ∞(t)1\delta(t) = \theta(t) - \theta_\infty(t)\mathbf 1δ(t)=θ(t)−θ∞​(t)1 obeys
∥δ(t)∥2≤Dmax⁡/Dmin⁡  ∥δ(0)∥2  e−λpst,λps=λ2(L(Pij)) sinc(γ) cos⁡(∠(D1,1))2Dmax⁡.\|\delta(t)\|_2 \le \sqrt{D_{\max}/D_{\min}}\;\|\delta(0)\|_2\; e^{-\lambda_{\mathrm{ps}} t}, \qquad \lambda_{\mathrm{ps}} = \frac{\lambda_2(L(P_{ij}))\,\mathrm{sinc}(\gamma)\,\cos(\angle(D\mathbf 1,\mathbf 1))^2}{D_{\max}} .∥δ(t)∥2​≤Dmax​/Dmin​​∥δ(0)∥2​e−λps​t,λps​=Dmax​λ2​(L(Pij​))sinc(γ)cos(∠(D1,1))2​.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  • Proof of V.10, p. 27: at a configuration in Δˉ(γ)\bar\Delta(\gamma)Δˉ(γ) with extreme indices m,ℓm,\ellm,ℓ, the arc-length derivative θ˙m−θ˙ℓ=−∑k(PmkDmsin⁡(θm−θk)+PℓkDℓsin⁡(θk−θℓ))\dot\theta_m - \dot\theta_\ell = -\sum_k\big(\tfrac{P_{mk}}{D_m}\sin(\theta_m-\theta_k) + \tfrac{P_{\ell k}}{D_\ell}\sin(\theta_k-\theta_\ell)\big)θ˙m​−θ˙ℓ​=−∑k​(Dm​Pmk​​sin(θm​−θk​)+Dℓ​Pℓk​​sin(θk​−θℓ​)) is ≤0\le 0≤0.
  • Proof of V.10, p. 27: Δˉ(γ)\bar\Delta(\gamma)Δˉ(γ) is positively invariant for every γ∈[0,π[\gamma \in [0,\pi[γ∈[0,π[.
  • (43): in the rotating frame θ↦θ−ωˉt\theta \mapsto \theta - \bar\omega tθ↦θ−ωˉt the model is the consensus protocol θ˙i=−∑jaij(t)(θi−θj)\dot\theta_i = -\sum_j a_{ij}(t)(\theta_i - \theta_j)θ˙i​=−∑j​aij​(t)(θi​−θj​) with aij(t)=(Pij/Di) sinc(θi(t)−θj(t))>0a_{ij}(t) = (P_{ij}/D_i)\,\mathrm{sinc}(\theta_i(t)-\theta_j(t)) > 0aij​(t)=(Pij​/Di​)sinc(θi​(t)−θj​(t))>0 on every edge.
  • (44): for P=PTP = P^TP=PT, ddtDθ=−L(wij(t))θ\tfrac{d}{dt}D\theta = -L(w_{ij}(t))\thetadtd​Dθ=−L(wij​(t))θ in the rotating frame, so ∑iDiθi(t)=∑iDiθi(0)+ωˉt∑iDi\sum_i D_i\theta_i(t) = \sum_i D_i\theta_i(0) + \bar\omega t\sum_i D_i∑i​Di​θi​(t)=∑i​Di​θi​(0)+ωˉt∑i​Di​.
  • Theorem V.10 1) on its own.

Significance

Theorem V.10 gives phase synchronization of non-uniform oscillators from every initial configuration inside an open half-circle, for directed coupling graphs that need only a globally reachable node, and identifies the limit phase: anywhere in the initial range in general, the damping-weighted mean under symmetric coupling. The rate λps\lambda_{\mathrm{ps}}λps​ separates three effects: graph connectivity (λ2\lambda_2λ2​), initial phase cohesiveness (sinc(γ)\mathrm{sinc}(\gamma)sinc(γ)) and non-uniformity of the damping (cos⁡∠(D1,1)\cos\angle(D\mathbf 1,\mathbf 1)cos∠(D1,1), Dmax⁡D_{\max}Dmax​). For the classic Kuramoto model the statements reduce to known results ([19] and [33] of the paper).

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof is known. A formal proof needs a Dini-derivative argument for the maximum of finitely many smooth functions along an ODE, a contraction theorem for linear time-varying consensus with positive, bounded weights on a graph with a globally reachable node, and a Courant–Fischer bound on the weighted disagreement. Each is a reusable piece of infrastructure for networked control and synchronization.

Difficulty

The obvious argument linearizes: sin⁡(θi−θj)≈θi−θj\sin(\theta_i - \theta_j) \approx \theta_i - \theta_jsin(θi​−θj​)≈θi​−θj​, so the model looks like linear consensus. That only holds near the diagonal; from an arc of length close to π\piπ the effective weights sinc(θi−θj)\mathrm{sinc}(\theta_i - \theta_j)sinc(θi​−θj​) come close to zero and depend on the state, so neither a fixed Laplacian nor a local linearization covers the claimed region. One needs first that the arc never grows, which is a statement about a non-smooth function (the arc length) along trajectories, and then exponential convergence of a consensus protocol whose weights are time-varying and, for directed graphs, non-symmetric, so there is no quadratic Lyapunov function in general. For the explicit rate the disagreement vector is orthogonal to D1D\mathbf 1D1, not to 1\mathbf 11, and the angle between the two hyperplanes has to be controlled.

Formalization scope

Angles are represented by real lifts θ∈Rn\theta \in \mathbb R^nθ∈Rn; the vector field is 2π2\pi2π-periodic in each coordinate, so solutions on the torus are projections of solutions on Rn\mathbb R^nRn. θ∈Δˉ(γ)\theta \in \bar\Delta(\gamma)θ∈Δˉ(γ) is encoded as θi−θj≤γ\theta_i - \theta_j \le \gammaθi​−θj​≤γ for all i,ji,ji,j on the initial lift, and every conclusion (invariance, θmin⁡(0)\theta_{\min}(0)θmin​(0), θmax⁡(0)\theta_{\max}(0)θmax​(0), the weighted mean, the convergence bounds) refers to that lift and the same continuous lifted trajectory, which is at least as strong as the statement on the torus. A solution is a curve on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) whose derivative within [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) equals the vector field at every t≥0t \ge 0t≥0; statements quantify over every such curve. The model is stated with the paper's general field Di−1(ωi−∑jPijsin⁡(θi−θj+φij))D_i^{-1}(\omega_i - \sum_j P_{ij}\sin(\theta_i - \theta_j + \varphi_{ij}))Di−1​(ωi​−∑j​Pij​sin(θi​−θj​+φij​)) and hypotheses φij=0\varphi_{ij} = 0φij​=0, ωi/Di=ωˉ\omega_i/D_i = \bar\omegaωi​/Di​=ωˉ (ωˉ\bar\omegaωˉ arbitrary, not set to zero).

Conventions and corrections, each disclosed in the item's Formalization Note:

  • n≥2n \ge 2n≥2, Pii=0P_{ii} = 0Pii​=0 and Pij≥0P_{ij} \ge 0Pij​≥0 for i≠ji \ne ji=j are the paper's conventions (§V allows zero and non-symmetric weights).
  • (42) is printed with a leading minus sign; the rate is a decay exponent and is stated as the positive number above.
  • The page says only "a rate no worse than λps\lambda_{\mathrm{ps}}λps​"; the stated bound uses the constant Dmax⁡/Dmin⁡\sqrt{D_{\max}/D_{\min}}Dmax​/Dmin​​ that the referenced proof of Theorem V.1 2) produces (p. 19).
  • "aij(t)a_{ij}(t)aij​(t) is strictly positive" in (43) is stated on the edges, Pij>0P_{ij} > 0Pij​>0; elsewhere aij=0a_{ij} = 0aij​=0.
  • ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​ is the Euclidean norm, written out (Mathlib's default norm on functions Fin n→R\mathrm{Fin}\,n \to \mathbb RFinn→R is the sup norm); λ2\lambda_2λ2​ is the platform definition AlonMilman.PropertyT.lambda1 applied to the symmetric Laplacian.

Exponential convergence requires a rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0; a statement with λ=0\lambda = 0λ=0 or with a solution predicate that no curve satisfies would be trivial. The synchronous trajectory θi(t)=c+ωˉt\theta_i(t) = c + \bar\omega tθi​(t)=c+ωˉt satisfies the solution predicate, so the hypotheses are satisfiable.

Infrastructure welcome beyond this mission: upper Dini derivatives and comparison lemmas for maxima of differentiable functions, exponential stability of linear time-varying consensus (Moreau's theorem), and Laplacian ordering sinc(γ)L(P)⪯L(w)\mathrm{sinc}(\gamma)L(P) \preceq L(w)sinc(γ)L(P)⪯L(w) for entrywise-dominated weights.

Selected references

  • F. Dörfler and F. Bullo, Synchronization and Transient Stability in Power Networks and Nonuniform Kuramoto Oscillators, SIAM J. Control Optim. 50(3), 2012; this mission cites the arXiv preprint v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/0910.5673v4, https://doi.org/10.1137/110851584
  • Y. Kuramoto, Self-entrainment of a population of coupled non-linear oscillators, Lecture Notes in Physics 39, Springer, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0013365
  • L. Moreau, Stability of continuous-time distributed consensus algorithms, IEEE Conference on Decision and Control, 2004. https://arxiv.org/abs/math/0409010
  • Z. Lin, B. Francis and M. Maggiore, State agreement for continuous-time coupled nonlinear systems, SIAM J. Control Optim. 46(1), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1137/050626405
  • N. Chopra and M. W. Spong, On exponential synchronization of Kuramoto oscillators, IEEE Trans. Automatic Control 54(2), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.2008.2007884
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryDynamical SystemsLinear algebra·Captain: mikedeng1

Synchronization and Transient Stability in Power Networks and Nonuniform Kuramoto Oscillators 2: λ₂(L(P_ij cos φ_ij)) > λ_critical Gives Phase Cohesiveness and Exponential Frequency SynchronizationResearch Paper

Motivation

Transient stability of a power grid asks whether the generators of the network return to synchronous operation after a large disturbance such as a fault or a line trip. In the classical network-reduced model the rotor angles obey second-order swing equations, and stability certificates usually come from energy functions evaluated numerically. Dörfler and Bullo (arXiv:0910.5673v4; SIAM J. Control Optim. 50(3), 2012) relate this problem to a first-order system of coupled phase oscillators, the non-uniform Kuramoto model, and derive purely algebraic conditions on the network parameters under which the oscillators synchronize. Such conditions read as "the network connectivity dominates non-uniformity, losses and lack of phase cohesiveness" and are checked from the data alone, without simulation.

The paper gives two such sufficient conditions. This mission formalizes the second, Theorem V.5, which measures connectivity by the algebraic connectivity of the lossless coupling and therefore applies to sparse (connected, not necessarily complete) networks. A companion mission treats Theorem V.3, the condition for complete graphs.

Timeline. For the classical Kuramoto model, Jadbabaie, Motee and Barahona (ACC, 2004) and Chopra and Spong (IEEE TAC, 2009) analysed synchronization with the Lyapunov function ∥Hθ∥22\|H\theta\|_2^2∥Hθ∥22​, and Chopra and Spong proved frequency synchronization under cohesive phases. Dörfler and Bullo (2009–2012) extended the analysis to non-uniform time constants DiD_iDi​, phase shifts φij\varphi_{ij}φij​ and non-complete graphs, using a weighted Lyapunov function.

Setting

There are n≥2n\ge2n≥2 oscillators with phases θi\theta_iθi​, time constants Di>0D_i>0Di​>0, natural frequencies ωi∈R\omega_i\in\mathbb Rωi​∈R, coupling weights Pij≥0P_{ij}\ge0Pij​≥0 and phase shifts φij∈[0,π/2[\varphi_{ij}\in[0,\pi/2[φij​∈[0,π/2[ (i≠ji\ne ji=j), with Pii=φii=0P_{ii}=\varphi_{ii}=0Pii​=φii​=0. The non-uniform Kuramoto model is

Diθ˙i=ωi−∑j=1nPijsin⁡(θi−θj+φij),i=1,…,n.(8)D_i\dot\theta_i=\omega_i-\sum_{j=1}^nP_{ij}\sin(\theta_i-\theta_j+\varphi_{ij}),\qquad i=1,\dots,n. \tag{8}Di​θ˙i​=ωi​−j=1∑n​Pij​sin(θi​−θj​+φij​),i=1,…,n.(8)

In this mission P=PTP=P^TP=PT, and its non-zero entries induce a connected graph.

  • H∈Rn(n−1)/2×nH\in\mathbb R^{n(n-1)/2\times n}H∈Rn(n−1)/2×n is the incidence matrix of the complete graph: Hθ=(θ2−θ1,… )H\theta=(\theta_2-\theta_1,\dots)Hθ=(θ2​−θ1​,…) lists all pairwise differences, and ∥Hθ∥22=∑i<j(θi−θj)2\|H\theta\|_2^2=\sum_{i<j}(\theta_i-\theta_j)^2∥Hθ∥22​=∑i<j​(θi​−θj​)2.
  • Δ(γ)\Delta(\gamma)Δ(γ) is the set of configurations contained in an open arc of length γ\gammaγ, i.e. max⁡i,j∣θi−θj∣<γ\max_{i,j}|\theta_i-\theta_j|<\gammamaxi,j​∣θi​−θj​∣<γ.
  • The Laplacian of a symmetric matrix AAA is L(aij)=diag⁡(∑jaij)−AL(a_{ij})=\operatorname{diag}(\sum_ja_{ij})-AL(aij​)=diag(∑j​aij​)−A and λ2(L(aij))\lambda_2(L(a_{ij}))λ2​(L(aij​)) is its second-smallest eigenvalue, the algebraic connectivity. The lossless coupling is the matrix (Pijcos⁡φij)(P_{ij}\cos\varphi_{ij})(Pij​cosφij​).
  • κ=∑kDk\kappa=\sum_kD_kκ=∑k​Dk​, α=min⁡i≠j{DiDj}/max⁡i≠j{DiDj}\alpha=\sqrt{\min_{i\ne j}\{D_iD_j\}/\max_{i\ne j}\{D_iD_j\}}α=mini=j​{Di​Dj​}/maxi=j​{Di​Dj​}​, φmax⁡=max⁡i,jφij\varphi_{\max}=\max_{i,j}\varphi_{ij}φmax​=maxi,j​φij​, Ω=∑iωi/∑iDi\Omega=\sum_i\omega_i/\sum_iD_iΩ=∑i​ωi​/∑i​Di​.
  • The critical value is
λcritical=∥HD−1ω∥2+n ∥[∑jP1jD1sin⁡φ1j,…,∑jPnjDnsin⁡φnj]∥2cos⁡(φmax⁡)(κ/n)α/max⁡i≠j{DiDj}.(33)\lambda_{\mathrm{critical}}=\frac{\|HD^{-1}\omega\|_2+\sqrt n\,\big\|\big[\sum_j\tfrac{P_{1j}}{D_1}\sin\varphi_{1j},\dots,\sum_j\tfrac{P_{nj}}{D_n}\sin\varphi_{nj}\big]\big\|_2}{\cos(\varphi_{\max})(\kappa/n)\alpha/\max_{i\ne j}\{D_iD_j\}}. \tag{33}λcritical​=cos(φmax​)(κ/n)α/maxi=j​{Di​Dj​}∥HD−1ω∥2​+n​​[∑j​D1​P1j​​sinφ1j​,…,∑j​Dn​Pnj​​sinφnj​]​2​​.(33)
  • The radii γmax⁡∈ ]π/2−φmax⁡,π]\gamma_{\max}\in\,]\pi/2-\varphi_{\max},\pi]γmax​∈]π/2−φmax​,π] and γmin⁡∈[0,π/2−φmax⁡[\gamma_{\min}\in[0,\pi/2-\varphi_{\max}[γmin​∈[0,π/2−φmax​[ solve sinc⁡(γmax⁡)/sinc⁡(π/2−φmax⁡)=sin⁡(γmin⁡)/cos⁡(φmax⁡)=λcritical/λ2(L(Pijcos⁡φij))\operatorname{sinc}(\gamma_{\max})/\operatorname{sinc}(\pi/2-\varphi_{\max})=\sin(\gamma_{\min})/\cos(\varphi_{\max})=\lambda_{\mathrm{critical}}/\lambda_2(L(P_{ij}\cos\varphi_{ij}))sinc(γmax​)/sinc(π/2−φmax​)=sin(γmin​)/cos(φmax​)=λcritical​/λ2​(L(Pij​cosφij​)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem V.5 (Synchronization condition II)

If λ2(L(Pijcos⁡φij))>λcritical\lambda_2(L(P_{ij}\cos\varphi_{ij}))>\lambda_{\mathrm{critical}}λ2​(L(Pij​cosφij​))>λcritical​, then

  1. for every γ∈[γmin⁡,αγmax⁡]\gamma\in[\gamma_{\min},\alpha\gamma_{\max}]γ∈[γmin​,αγmax​] the set {θ∈Δ(π):∥Hθ∥2≤γ}\{\theta\in\Delta(\pi):\|H\theta\|_2\le\gamma\}{θ∈Δ(π):∥Hθ∥2​≤γ} is positively invariant, and every solution with θ(0)∈Δ(π)\theta(0)\in\Delta(\pi)θ(0)∈Δ(π), ∥Hθ(0)∥2<αγmax⁡\|H\theta(0)\|_2<\alpha\gamma_{\max}∥Hθ(0)∥2​<αγmax​ eventually satisfies ∥Hθ(t)∥2≤γ\|H\theta(t)\|_2\le\gamma∥Hθ(t)∥2​≤γ for every γ>γmin⁡\gamma>\gamma_{\min}γ>γmin​;
  2. for every such solution the frequencies converge exponentially to a common θ˙∞∈[θ˙min⁡(0),θ˙max⁡(0)]\dot\theta_\infty\in[\dot\theta_{\min}(0),\dot\theta_{\max}(0)]θ˙∞​∈[θ˙min​(0),θ˙max​(0)]; if φ≡0\varphi\equiv0φ≡0, then θ˙∞=Ω\dot\theta_\infty=\Omegaθ˙∞​=Ω and the rate is no worse than
λfe(γ)=λ2(L(Pij))cos⁡(γ)cos⁡(∠(D1,1))2/Dmax⁡(γ∈ ]γmin⁡,π/2[).\lambda_{\mathrm{fe}}(\gamma)=\lambda_2(L(P_{ij}))\cos(\gamma)\cos(\angle(D\mathbf 1,\mathbf 1))^2/D_{\max}\qquad(\gamma\in\,]\gamma_{\min},\pi/2[).λfe​(γ)=λ2​(L(Pij​))cos(γ)cos(∠(D1,1))2/Dmax​(γ∈]γmin​,π/2[).

Milestones

Lemma V.8 (the identity (36) that replaces HD−1HTHD^{-1}H^THD−1HT by κ\kappaκ), Lemma V.9 (a quadratic-form bound by λ2\lambda_2λ2​), the sinc estimate and the bound X~\tilde XX~ on the lossy coupling (p. 25), the Lyapunov-derivative bound (37), the sandwich bounds (39) on WWW, the existence and uniqueness of γmin⁡,γmax⁡\gamma_{\min},\gamma_{\max}γmin​,γmax​ from the analysis of (41), and the eventual entry of every trajectory into {∥Hθ∥2<π/2−φmax⁡}\{\|H\theta\|_2<\pi/2-\varphi_{\max}\}{∥Hθ∥2​<π/2−φmax​}.

Significance

The condition is checkable from network data: λ2\lambda_2λ2​ of a weighted Laplacian, two vector norms and the extreme time constants. It applies to sparse networks, where the complete-graph condition of Theorem V.3 does not, and specializes for classical Kuramoto oscillators to K>∥Hω∥2K>\|H\omega\|_2K>∥Hω∥2​ (Remark V.7). Through the singular-perturbation argument of Section IV, conditions of this kind certify transient stability of the network-reduced power system.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version is known. A formalization fixes several points the printed text leaves loose: the norm ∥Hθ∥2\|H\theta\|_2∥Hθ∥2​ is written on p. 23 with a double sum that counts each pair twice; the chain defining X~\tilde XX~ on p. 25 is printed with its inequalities reversed; and "reaches {∥Hθ∥2≤γmin⁡}\{\|H\theta\|_2\le\gamma_{\min}\}{∥Hθ∥2​≤γmin​}" holds only asymptotically. The formal statements make each of these precise.

Difficulty

The obvious Lyapunov function, ∥Hθ∥22\|H\theta\|_2^2∥Hθ∥22​, has a sign-indefinite derivative as soon as the DiD_iDi​ differ, because the coupling Pij/DiP_{ij}/D_iPij​/Di​ is not symmetric. The weighted function W(Hθ)=14∑i,jDiDj∣θi−θj∣2W(H\theta)=\frac14\sum_{i,j}D_iD_j|\theta_i-\theta_j|^2W(Hθ)=41​∑i,j​Di​Dj​∣θi​−θj​∣2 restores a symmetric structure, but only through the non-obvious identity (36). After that, the sinusoidal coupling has to be bounded below by a quadratic form on a set where the phase differences stay below π\piπ, the lossy coupling has to be bounded above uniformly in the state, and the resulting ultimate-boundedness argument has to be run with sublevel sets of WWW, which are ellipsoids rather than balls of ∥Hθ∥2\|H\theta\|_2∥Hθ∥2​ unless all DiD_iDi​ coincide. The constants α\alphaα, γmin⁡\gamma_{\min}γmin​, γmax⁡\gamma_{\max}γmax​ come from this mismatch, and the passage from sublevel sets back to balls is the most delicate step.

Formalization scope

  • Configurations are real lifts θ∈Rn\theta\in\mathbb R^nθ∈Rn; Δ(π)\Delta(\pi)Δ(π) means θi−θj<π\theta_i-\theta_j<\piθi​−θj​<π for all i,ji,ji,j, and ∥Hθ∥2\|H\theta\|_2∥Hθ∥2​ is the pair-sum norm. A solution is a function θ:R→Rn\theta:\mathbb R\to\mathbb R^nθ:R→Rn with right derivative at 000 and derivative at every t>0t>0t>0 equal to the vector field of (8), and statements quantify over every solution. θ˙\dot\thetaθ˙ is the vector field evaluated along the solution.
  • Added hypotheses: n≥2n\ge2n≥2 (needed for λ2\lambda_2λ2​ and the extrema over i≠ji\ne ji=j), and φij=φji\varphi_{ij}=\varphi_{ji}φij​=φji​, which the page uses silently (the lossless coupling must be a symmetric Laplacian) and which holds for power networks. Pij≥0P_{ij}\ge0Pij​≥0 off the diagonal, since §V.B allows zero weights.
  • Corrections: ∥Hθ∥2\|H\theta\|_2∥Hθ∥2​ sums over pairs i<ji<ji<j; the X~\tilde XX~ chain is stated as ∥HX∥2≤X~\|HX\|_2\le\tilde X∥HX∥2​≤X~; the attraction clause of 1) is stated as "eventually below every γ>γmin⁡\gamma>\gamma_{\min}γ>γmin​"; the rate of (19) is taken positive (it is printed with a minus sign), and the "Moreover" rate is stated for every γ∈ ]γmin⁡,π/2[\gamma\in\,]\gamma_{\min},\pi/2[γ∈]γmin​,π/2[ because (19) depends on an arc length the theorem does not name. The page's "Moreover, if γmax⁡=0\gamma_{\max}=0γmax​=0" is read as φmax⁡=0\varphi_{\max}=0φmax​=0, a misprint: γmax⁡>π/2−φmax⁡\gamma_{\max}>\pi/2-\varphi_{\max}γmax​>π/2−φmax​ is never zero.
  • γmin⁡,γmax⁡\gamma_{\min},\gamma_{\max}γmin​,γmax​ are quantified subject to their defining equations, and a milestone proves they exist and are unique, so they are not free parameters. Condition (33) is satisfiable (equal ratios ωi/Di\omega_i/D_iωi​/Di​ and φ≡0\varphi\equiv0φ≡0 give λcritical=0\lambda_{\mathrm{critical}}=0λcritical​=0), so the goal is not vacuous.
  • Source: the arXiv preprint v4 of the SICON article; every page and number refers to that preprint.
  • Infrastructure: weighted graph Laplacians, their second eigenvalue and Courant–Fischer-type bounds, incidence matrices, and ultimate-boundedness arguments for ODEs. The Laplacian and incidence-matrix layer is reusable for consensus and network-dynamics missions; contributions on any milestone are welcome.

Selected references

  • F. Dörfler, F. Bullo, Synchronization and Transient Stability in Power Networks and Nonuniform Kuramoto Oscillators, SIAM J. Control Optim. 50(3), 2012; preprint arXiv:0910.5673v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/0910.5673v4
  • N. Chopra, M. W. Spong, On exponential synchronization of Kuramoto oscillators, IEEE Trans. Automatic Control 54(2), pp. 353–357, 2009 (reference [32] of the source).
  • A. Jadbabaie, N. Motee, M. Barahona, On the stability of the Kuramoto model of coupled nonlinear oscillators, American Control Conference, Boston, 2004, pp. 4296–4301 (reference [33] of the source).
  • H. K. Khalil, Nonlinear Systems, 3rd ed., Prentice Hall, 2002 (ultimate boundedness, Theorem 4.18; reference [51] of the source).
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear algebraTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Spectral Sparsification of Graphs 3: Sparsifying the Contraction and Pulling It Back Approximates a Graph with Heavy Intra-Part Edges to Within (1+ε)(1+1/c)²Research Paper

Motivation

A spectral sparsifier of a weighted graph GGG is a graph G~\widetilde GG on the same vertices, with few edges, whose Laplacian quadratic form is within a factor σ\sigmaσ of that of GGG on every vector. Spielman and Teng introduced the notion in their work on nearly-linear-time solvers for symmetric diagonally dominant linear systems (Spielman–Teng 2004; arXiv:0808.4134): a sparsifier can replace a dense graph as a preconditioner, and it preserves every cut value up to the same factor, strengthening the cut sparsifiers of Benczúr and Karger (BK96).

Their construction first handles graphs whose edge weights lie in a bounded range. Arbitrary weights need an extra idea, which §10.2 of Spectral Sparsification of Graphs formalizes as Lemma 10.2 (Pullback): when a graph's vertex classes are held together by edges far heavier than those between them, one may contract each class to a single vertex, sparsify the much smaller contracted graph, and pull the result back to the original vertices. The approximation factor degrades only by (1+1/c)2(1+1/c)^2(1+1/c)2, where ccc measures the gap between heavy and light weights. The same contraction idea goes back to Benczúr and Karger's treatment of weighted cut sparsifiers.

Setting

A weighted graph G=(V,E,w)G=(V,E,w)G=(V,E,w) on a finite set VVV, n=∣V∣n=|V|n=∣V∣, is a symmetric function w:V×V→R≥0w:V\times V\to\mathbb R_{\ge 0}w:V×V→R≥0​ with w(v,v)=0w(v,v)=0w(v,v)=0; its edges are the pairs with w(u,v)≠0w(u,v)\ne 0w(u,v)=0. Its Laplacian quadratic form is

xTLGx=∑(u,v)∈Ew(u,v) (x(u)−x(v))2,x∈RV.x^TL_Gx=\sum_{(u,v)\in E}w(u,v)\,(x(u)-x(v))^2,\qquad x\in\mathbb R^V .xTLG​x=(u,v)∈E∑​w(u,v)(x(u)−x(v))2,x∈RV.

A graph G~\widetilde GG is a σ\sigmaσ-approximation of GGG if 1σxTLG~x≤xTLGx≤σ xTLG~x\frac1\sigma x^TL_{\widetilde G}x\le x^TL_Gx\le\sigma\, x^TL_{\widetilde G}xσ1​xTLG​x≤xTLG​x≤σxTLG​x for all xxx. We write G≼G′G\preccurlyeq G'G≼G′ when xTLGx≤xTLG′xx^TL_Gx\le x^TL_{G'}xxTLG​x≤xTLG′​x for all xxx, G+G′G+G'G+G′ for the graph whose weights are the sums, and (u,v)(u,v)(u,v) for the single edge {u,v}\{u,v\}{u,v} of weight 111.

Let V1,…,VkV_1,\dots,V_kV1​,…,Vk​ be a partition of VVV with map π:V→{1,…,k}\pi:V\to\{1,\dots,k\}π:V→{1,…,k}. Write E0=∂(V1,…,Vk)E_0=\partial(V_1,\dots,V_k)E0​=∂(V1​,…,Vk​) for the edges between different parts, E1=E−E0E_1=E-E_0E1​=E−E0​, and G0=(V,E0,w)G_0=(V,E_0,w)G0​=(V,E0​,w), G1=(V,E1,w)G_1=(V,E_1,w)G1​=(V,E1​,w). The contraction of GGG under π\piπ is the graph HHH on {1,…,k}\{1,\dots,k\}{1,…,k} with weight z(i,j)=∑π(u)=i, π(v)=jw(u,v)z(i,j)=\sum_{\pi(u)=i,\,\pi(v)=j}w(u,v)z(i,j)=∑π(u)=i,π(v)=j​w(u,v) for i≠ji\ne ji=j and no self-loops. Given a graph H~\widetilde HH on {1,…,k}\{1,\dots,k\}{1,…,k}, a graph G~\widetilde GG on VVV is a pullback of H~\widetilde HH under π\piπ if every edge of G~\widetilde GG joins different parts, H~\widetilde HH is the contraction of G~\widetilde GG, and for every edge (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) of H~\widetilde HH exactly one edge (u,v)(u,v)(u,v) of G~\widetilde GG has π(u)=i\pi(u)=iπ(u)=i, π(v)=j\pi(v)=jπ(v)=j. A pullback thus has as many edges as H~\widetilde HH.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 10.2 (Pullback), pp. 36–37

Let 0≤ϵ<1/20\le\epsilon<1/20≤ϵ<1/2, c≥3c\ge3c≥3, let H~\widetilde HH be a (1+ϵ)(1+\epsilon)(1+ϵ)-approximation of the contraction of G0G_0G0​ under π\piπ, and let G~0\widetilde G_0G0​ be a pullback of H~\widetilde HH. Assume (1) each ViV_iVi​ is connected by edges in E1E_1E1​, (2) every edge in E1E_1E1​ has weight at least c2n3c^2n^3c2n3, (3) every edge in E0E_0E0​ has weight 111. Then

G~0+G1  is an  α-approximation of G,α=(1+ϵ)(1+1c)2.\widetilde G_0+G_1\ \text{ is an }\ \alpha\text{-approximation of } G,\qquad \alpha=(1+\epsilon)\Big(1+\frac1c\Big)^2 .G0​+G1​  is an  α-approximation of G,α=(1+ϵ)(1+c1​)2.

Milestones (proof of Lemma 10.2, pp. 37–38)

Choose representatives vi∈Viv_i\in V_ivi​∈Vi​; let FFF, F~\widetilde FF be the copies of HHH, H~\widetilde HH on {v1,…,vk}\{v_1,\dots,v_k\}{v1​,…,vk​}, and I=F+G1I=F+G_1I=F+G1​, I~=F~+G1\widetilde I=\widetilde F+G_1I=F+G1​.

  • Lemma 10.3 (path inequality): for a path from uuu to vvv with edge weights w1,…,wk>0w_1,\dots,w_k>0w1​,…,wk​>0, (u,v)≼(1/w1+⋯+1/wk)F(u,v)\preccurlyeq(1/w_1+\dots+1/w_k)F(u,v)≼(1/w1​+⋯+1/wk​)F.
  • (20), (21): for a,ba,ba,b in different parts and fff the unit edge between vπ(a),vπ(b)v_{\pi(a)},v_{\pi(b)}vπ(a)​,vπ(b)​,
(a,b)≼(1+1c)(f+1cn2G1),f≼(1+1c)((a,b)+1cn2G1).(a,b)\preccurlyeq\Big(1+\frac1c\Big)\Big(f+\frac{1}{cn^2}G_1\Big),\qquad f\preccurlyeq\Big(1+\frac1c\Big)\Big((a,b)+\frac{1}{cn^2}G_1\Big).(a,b)≼(1+c1​)(f+cn21​G1​),f≼(1+c1​)((a,b)+cn21​G1​).
  • Summed bound: G0≼(1+1/c) [F+12cG1]G_0\preccurlyeq(1+1/c)\,[F+\tfrac1{2c}G_1]G0​≼(1+1/c)[F+2c1​G1​].
  • Claim (a): III is a (1+1/c)(1+1/c)(1+1/c)-approximation of GGG.
  • Claim (b): I~\widetilde II is a (1+ϵ)(1+\epsilon)(1+ϵ)-approximation of III.
  • Claim (c): I~\widetilde II is a (1+1/c)(1+1/c)(1+1/c)-approximation of G~0+G1\widetilde G_0+G_1G0​+G1​.

The constants are the paper's; the goal is the lemma as printed.

Significance

Lemma 10.2 is the reduction from arbitrary weights to bounded weights in Spielman and Teng's sparsification algorithm (Sparsify, §10.2): the edges of each weight scale are sparsified on a graph in which all much heavier edges have been contracted, so the number of vertices handled at each scale stays small, and the total size of the sparsifier is only a logarithmic factor larger than in the bounded-weight case. The statement itself is purely about quadratic forms and holds for any approximation H~\widetilde HH of the contraction, however it was obtained; it applies equally to later sparsification methods such as sampling by effective resistances.

The lemma is proved in the paper. As far as is known, none of these statements has a machine-checked proof: Mathlib has the Laplacian of a simple graph (SimpleGraph.lapMatrix) but no weighted Laplacian order, no contraction of weighted graphs and no notion of spectral approximation. The mission produces those objects and a complete formal proof of the lemma and its intermediate claims.

Difficulty

The individual steps are elementary, but the proof combines three kinds of bookkeeping. Lemma 10.3 is a Cauchy–Schwarz inequality along a path, which must be applied to a path assembled from two walks inside parts and one edge between representatives; obtaining a simple path of length at most nnn from the connectivity hypothesis requires shortening walks. The summed bounds require recognising that the copies of the unit edges between representatives add up exactly to FFF, which uses hypothesis 3 and the fact that contraction counts each edge between two parts once. Claim (c) needs, in addition, that the total weight of F~\widetilde FF is at most (1+ϵ)(1+\epsilon)(1+ϵ) times that of FFF and that each pullback edge has the weight of its image edge. The constants are tight in one place: (1+1/c)(1+ϵ)≤2(1+1/c)(1+\epsilon)\le 2(1+1/c)(1+ϵ)≤2 requires both c≥3c\ge3c≥3 and ϵ≤1/2\epsilon\le 1/2ϵ≤1/2.

A natural shortcut, comparing G~0\widetilde G_0G0​ with G0G_0G0​ directly, fails: G~0\widetilde G_0G0​ and G0G_0G0​ have different edges, and their Laplacians are only comparable through the heavy intra-part edges.

Formalization scope

A weighted graph is a function w : V → V → ℝ on a Fintype V with IsWGraph w (symmetric, nonnegative, zero diagonal); sums and scalar multiples are pointwise. lapForm w x is 12∑u,vw(u,v)(x(u)−x(v))2\frac12\sum_{u,v}w(u,v)(x(u)-x(v))^221​∑u,v​w(u,v)(x(u)−x(v))2, IsApprox σ w̃ w keeps both inequalities of the definition, and GraphLE is ≼\preccurlyeq≼. The partition is a surjective map π : V → Fin k (nonempty parts). G0G_0G0​, G1G_1G1​ are crossPart w π, intraPart w π; hypothesis 1 is reachability, between any two vertices of the same part, in the simple graph of E1E_1E1​-edges. Representatives are any r : Fin k → V with π (r i) = i, and liftAlong r z places a graph on Fin k on them; the goal does not mention representatives. nnn is Fintype.card V.

Two hypotheses implicit in the paper are explicit: ϵ≥0\epsilon\ge0ϵ≥0 (with ϵ<0\epsilon<0ϵ<0 the lemma is false), and that every edge of a pullback joins two different parts (contraction cannot see an edge inside a part, so without this a pullback could carry an arbitrary heavy edge and the lemma would be false). In Lemma 10.3 the edge weights are positive and the path has at least one edge.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: dropping hypothesis 2 or 3, allowing ϵ<0\epsilon<0ϵ<0 or intra-part pullback edges, or letting the pullback forget the uniqueness of the edge over each (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) makes the statement false or weaker, and stating only one of the two inequalities of σ\sigmaσ-approximation is a different theorem. Every statement here keeps both.

The algorithm Sparsify and its analysis (Lemma 10.4, Theorem 10.5, Proposition 10.6, Theorem 10.7, Lemmas 10.8–10.9) and all running-time claims are out of scope. The weighted Laplacian form, its additivity and nonnegativity, and the transport of a quadratic form along an injective vertex map are reusable beyond this mission; contributions of such general lemmas, and a proof of Lemma 10.3 by Cauchy–Schwarz, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. A. Spielman, S.-H. Teng, Spectral Sparsification of Graphs, arXiv:0808.4134v3, 2010; SIAM J. Comput. 40(4), 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/0808.4134
  • D. A. Spielman, S.-H. Teng, Nearly-Linear Time Algorithms for Graph Partitioning, Graph Sparsification, and Solving Linear Systems, STOC 2004. https://arxiv.org/abs/cs/0310051
  • A. A. Benczúr, D. R. Karger, Approximating s-t Minimum Cuts in Õ(n²) Time, STOC 1996; Randomized Approximation Schemes for Cuts and Flows in Capacitated Graphs, arXiv:cs/0207078. https://arxiv.org/abs/cs/0207078
  • P. Diaconis, D. Stroock, Geometric Bounds for Eigenvalues of Markov Chains, Ann. Appl. Probab. 1(1), 1991. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177005980
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryDynamical Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Synchronization and Transient Stability in Power Networks and Nonuniform Kuramoto Oscillators 1: Γ_min > Γ_critical Gives Phase Cohesiveness and Exponential Frequency SynchronizationResearch Paper

Motivation

Transient stability asks whether a power grid, after a large disturbance such as a fault or a line trip, returns to synchronous operation in which all generators rotate at a common frequency. The classical approach builds energy functions for the swing equations and estimates regions of attraction numerically; it gives no closed-form test relating synchronization to the network's parameters, and it handles transfer conductances (losses) only when they are "sufficiently small" without saying how small.

Dörfler and Bullo (arXiv:0910.5673v4; SIAM J. Control Optim. 50(3), 2012) observe that, for strongly overdamped generators, the network-reduced swing equations behave like a first-order non-uniform Kuramoto model, and they give purely algebraic conditions under which this model synchronizes. The same model is a generalization of the classical Kuramoto model of coupled oscillators, studied in physics, neuroscience and control, with heterogeneous time constants, asymmetric effective coupling and phase shifts. This mission formalizes the first of the paper's two synchronization conditions, Theorem V.3, which is also statements 1)–2) of the paper's main result, Theorem III.2.

Setting

There are n≥2n \ge 2n≥2 oscillators with phases θ1,…,θn\theta_1, \dots, \theta_nθ1​,…,θn​. Each has a time constant Di>0D_i > 0Di​>0 and a natural frequency ωi∈R\omega_i \in \mathbb Rωi​∈R; each pair has a coupling weight Pij≥0P_{ij} \ge 0Pij​≥0 and a phase shift φij∈[0,π/2[\varphi_{ij} \in [0, \pi/2[φij​∈[0,π/2[, with Pii=φii=0P_{ii} = \varphi_{ii} = 0Pii​=φii​=0. The non-uniform Kuramoto model is

Di θ˙i=ωi−∑j=1nPijsin⁡(θi−θj+φij),i=1,…,n.(8)D_i\,\dot\theta_i = \omega_i - \sum_{j=1}^n P_{ij}\sin(\theta_i - \theta_j + \varphi_{ij}), \qquad i = 1, \dots, n. \tag{8}Di​θ˙i​=ωi​−j=1∑n​Pij​sin(θi​−θj​+φij​),i=1,…,n.(8)

The phases live on the torus. For an arc length γ∈[0,π]\gamma \in [0, \pi]γ∈[0,π], the set Δ(γ)\Delta(\gamma)Δ(γ) consists of configurations whose phases all lie in the interior of some arc of length γ\gammaγ, and Δˉ(γ)\bar\Delta(\gamma)Δˉ(γ) is its closure (with the synchronized configurations). A set is positively invariant if every solution starting in it stays in it. A solution achieves exponential frequency synchronization if all frequencies θ˙i(t)\dot\theta_i(t)θ˙i​(t) converge exponentially fast to a common value θ˙∞\dot\theta_\inftyθ˙∞​.

The condition of the theorem compares two numbers built from the parameters, with φmax⁡=max⁡i,jφij\varphi_{\max} = \max_{i,j}\varphi_{ij}φmax​=maxi,j​φij​:

Γmin⁡:=nmin⁡i≠j{PijDicos⁡φij},Γcritical:=1cos⁡φmax⁡(max⁡i≠j∣ωiDi−ωjDj∣+2max⁡i∑j=1nPijDisin⁡φij).\Gamma_{\min} := n\min_{i\neq j}\Big\{\frac{P_{ij}}{D_i}\cos\varphi_{ij}\Big\},\qquad \Gamma_{\mathrm{critical}} := \frac{1}{\cos\varphi_{\max}}\Big(\max_{i\neq j}\Big|\frac{\omega_i}{D_i}-\frac{\omega_j}{D_j}\Big| + 2\max_i\sum_{j=1}^n\frac{P_{ij}}{D_i}\sin\varphi_{ij}\Big).Γmin​:=ni=jmin​{Di​Pij​​cosφij​},Γcritical​:=cosφmax​1​(i=jmax​​Di​ωi​​−Dj​ωj​​​+2imax​j=1∑n​Di​Pij​​sinφij​).

Γmin⁡\Gamma_{\min}Γmin​ is the weakest lossless coupling of an oscillator to the network; Γcritical\Gamma_{\mathrm{critical}}Γcritical​ measures the spread of natural frequencies and the losses. When Γmin⁡>Γcritical\Gamma_{\min} > \Gamma_{\mathrm{critical}}Γmin​>Γcritical​, put c=cos⁡(φmax⁡)Γcritical/Γmin⁡c = \cos(\varphi_{\max})\Gamma_{\mathrm{critical}}/\Gamma_{\min}c=cos(φmax​)Γcritical​/Γmin​, γmin⁡=arcsin⁡c∈[0,π/2−φmax⁡[\gamma_{\min} = \arcsin c \in [0, \pi/2-\varphi_{\max}[γmin​=arcsinc∈[0,π/2−φmax​[ and γmax⁡=π−arcsin⁡c∈ ]π/2,π]\gamma_{\max} = \pi - \arcsin c \in\, ]\pi/2, \pi]γmax​=π−arcsinc∈]π/2,π].

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem V.3 (Synchronization condition I), corrected

If P=PTP = P^TP=PT is complete (Pij>0P_{ij} > 0Pij​>0 for i≠ji \ne ji=j) and

Γmin⁡>Γcritical,(26)\Gamma_{\min} > \Gamma_{\mathrm{critical}}, \tag{26}Γmin​>Γcritical​,(26)

then (1) Δˉ(γ)\bar\Delta(\gamma)Δˉ(γ) is positively invariant for every γ∈[γmin⁡,γmax⁡]\gamma \in [\gamma_{\min}, \gamma_{\max}]γ∈[γmin​,γmax​], and every solution starting in Δ(γmax⁡)\Delta(\gamma_{\max})Δ(γmax​) eventually stays in Δˉ(γ)\bar\Delta(\gamma)Δˉ(γ) for each γ∈ ]γmin⁡,γmax⁡]\gamma \in\, ]\gamma_{\min}, \gamma_{\max}]γ∈]γmin​,γmax​]; (2) every solution starting in Δ(γmax⁡)\Delta(\gamma_{\max})Δ(γmax​) achieves exponential frequency synchronization to some θ˙∞\dot\theta_\inftyθ˙∞​, and θ˙∞∈[θ˙min⁡(0),θ˙max⁡(0)]\dot\theta_\infty \in [\dot\theta_{\min}(0), \dot\theta_{\max}(0)]θ˙∞​∈[θ˙min​(0),θ˙max​(0)] when the solution starts in Δ(π/2−φmax⁡)\Delta(\pi/2 - \varphi_{\max})Δ(π/2−φmax​).

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof. Theorem V.1 is a frequency-synchronization theorem for phase-cohesive oscillators under a globally reachable node, with the explicit rate

λfe=λ2(L(Pij))cos⁡(γ)cos⁡(∠(D1,1))2/Dmax⁡\lambda_{fe} = \lambda_2(L(P_{ij}))\cos(\gamma)\cos(\angle(D\mathbf 1, \mathbf 1))^2/D_{\max}λfe​=λ2​(L(Pij​))cos(γ)cos(∠(D1,1))2/Dmax​

when φ≡0\varphi \equiv 0φ≡0 and P=PTP = P^TP=PT. Its supporting steps are the frequency dynamics (20) and a dihedral-angle bound. The phase-cohesiveness argument of Theorem V.3 is split into a trigonometric lower bound, a pointwise bound on the growth rate of the arc containing all phases, the characterization of [γmin⁡,γmax⁡][\gamma_{\min}, \gamma_{\max}][γmin​,γmax​] by inequality (30), positive invariance, and the entry into Δˉ(π/2−φmax⁡)\bar\Delta(\pi/2 - \varphi_{\max})Δˉ(π/2−φmax​).

Significance

The theorem turns synchronization of a heterogeneous, lossy oscillator network into one inequality among explicit parameters. For the classical Kuramoto model it specializes to K>ωmax⁡−ωmin⁡K > \omega_{\max} - \omega_{\min}K>ωmax​−ωmin​ (Remark V.4), which improved the sufficient conditions known at the time. For power networks it gives, through Theorem III.2, a computable sufficient condition for transient stability when generator inertia is small relative to damping.

To our knowledge none of these results has a machine-checked proof. The development needs ODE comparison arguments for a non-smooth Lyapunov function (the arc length) and an exponential convergence theorem for time-varying consensus. Both are general tools that are not in Mathlib and would be reusable for other consensus and synchronization results. The mission also records two clauses of the printed theorem that are false as stated, with counterexamples, and states the corrected theorem.

Difficulty

The arc length V(θ)=max⁡i,j(θi−θj)V(\theta) = \max_{i,j}(\theta_i - \theta_j)V(θ)=maxi,j​(θi​−θj​) is only Lipschitz, so its decrease along solutions must be argued through Dini derivatives and a comparison lemma rather than by differentiation. Positive invariance at the boundary γ=γmin⁡\gamma = \gamma_{\min}γ=γmin​ holds with a non-strict inequality, so a naive "strictly decreasing at the boundary" argument does not apply there. Frequency synchronization rests on a contraction property of linear consensus with time-varying, state-dependent weights. The weights are positive only after the phases have entered Δˉ(π/2−φmax⁡)\bar\Delta(\pi/2 - \varphi_{\max})Δˉ(π/2−φmax​). Before that the frequency range can expand, which is why the range clause of the printed theorem fails for initial arcs longer than π/2−φmax⁡\pi/2 - \varphi_{\max}π/2−φmax​.

Formalization scope

Phases are represented by real lifts θ:Fin n→R\theta : \mathrm{Fin}\,n \to \mathbb Rθ:Finn→R. Δˉ(γ)\bar\Delta(\gamma)Δˉ(γ) means that all pairwise differences of the lift are at most γ\gammaγ, and Δ(γ)\Delta(\gamma)Δ(γ) that they are strictly less than γ\gammaγ. Conclusions are stated for the same continuous lift, which is at least as strong as membership on the torus. A solution is a map θ:R→Rn\theta : \mathbb R \to \mathbb R^nθ:R→Rn with derivative (one-sided at 000) equal to the right-hand side of (8) for all t≥0t \ge 0t≥0. Every statement quantifies over all such solutions. θ˙\dot\thetaθ˙ always denotes the vector field along the solution. Minima and maxima over i≠ji \ne ji=j are over ordered pairs, and n≥2n \ge 2n≥2 is assumed so that they exist. The conventions Pii=φii=0P_{ii} = \varphi_{ii} = 0Pii​=φii​=0 are explicit hypotheses. γmin⁡\gamma_{\min}γmin​ and γmax⁡\gamma_{\max}γmax​ are defined by arcsin⁡\arcsinarcsin, and a milestone certifies that they are the unique solutions in the printed ranges. λ2\lambda_2λ2​ is the second-smallest eigenvalue of the symmetric Laplacian.

The source is the arXiv preprint v4 of the SICON article, cited with its own page and theorem numbers. Three corrections relative to the printed text are made and disclosed in the items:

  • "each trajectory starting in Δ(γmax⁡)\Delta(\gamma_{\max})Δ(γmax​) reaches Δˉ(γmin⁡)\bar\Delta(\gamma_{\min})Δˉ(γmin​)" holds only asymptotically (n=2n = 2n=2, φ≡0\varphi \equiv 0φ≡0, D≡1D \equiv 1D≡1, P12=1P_{12} = 1P12​=1, ω=(1,0)\omega = (1, 0)ω=(1,0): the phase difference tends to the equilibrium π/6=γmin⁡\pi/6 = \gamma_{\min}π/6=γmin​ without reaching it). It is stated for every γ>γmin⁡\gamma > \gamma_{\min}γ>γmin​.
  • the frequency range [θ˙min⁡(0),θ˙max⁡(0)][\dot\theta_{\min}(0), \dot\theta_{\max}(0)][θ˙min​(0),θ˙max​(0)] fails for some initial conditions in Δ(γmax⁡)\Delta(\gamma_{\max})Δ(γmax​) (n=2n = 2n=2, D≡1D \equiv 1D≡1, ω≡0\omega \equiv 0ω≡0, P12=1P_{12} = 1P12​=1, φ12=φ21=1/2\varphi_{12} = \varphi_{21} = 1/2φ12​=φ21​=1/2, θ(0)=(2.4,0)\theta(0) = (2.4, 0)θ(0)=(2.4,0)). It is stated for initial conditions in Δ(π/2−φmax⁡)\Delta(\pi/2 - \varphi_{\max})Δ(π/2−φmax​), while exponential synchronization is stated for all of Δ(γmax⁡)\Delta(\gamma_{\max})Δ(γmax​).
  • the rate (19) is printed with a leading minus sign but is used as a positive decay rate. The positive rate is stated.

No statement is trivially satisfiable. The solution predicate holds for actual solutions (for example the synchronous solution), condition (26) is satisfiable (take ω≡0\omega \equiv 0ω≡0 and φ≡0\varphi \equiv 0φ≡0), the exponential rate is required to be strictly positive, and γmin⁡,γmax⁡\gamma_{\min}, \gamma_{\max}γmin​,γmax​ are specific numbers rather than existential witnesses.

Contributions are welcome on all milestones. The trigonometric bound, the dihedral-angle bound and the γmin⁡/γmax⁡\gamma_{\min}/\gamma_{\max}γmin​/γmax​ characterization are elementary. The comparison lemma for Dini derivatives and the consensus contraction theorem are reusable infrastructure.

Selected references

  • F. Dörfler, F. Bullo, Synchronization and Transient Stability in Power Networks and Nonuniform Kuramoto Oscillators, SIAM J. Control Optim. 50(3), 2012; preprint arXiv:0910.5673v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/0910.5673v4 — DOI: https://doi.org/10.1137/110851584
  • L. Moreau, Stability of continuous-time distributed consensus algorithms, 43rd IEEE CDC, 2004 (the contraction theorem cited as [53, Theorem 1]). https://arxiv.org/abs/math/0409010
  • Y. Kuramoto, Self-entrainment of a population of coupled non-linear oscillators, Int. Symp. on Mathematical Problems in Theoretical Physics, Lecture Notes in Physics 39, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0013365
  • H.-D. Chiang, F. F. Wu, P. P. Varaiya, Foundations of direct methods for power system transient stability analysis, IEEE Trans. Circuits Syst. 34(2), 1987. https://doi.org/10.1109/TCS.1987.1086115
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear algebraProbabilityTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Spectral Sparsification of Graphs 1: Sampling Each Edge of a High-Conductance Graph with Probability min(1, Υ/min(dᵢ, dⱼ)) Gives a (1+ε)-Spectral Approximation with Few EdgesResearch Paper

Motivation

A spectral sparsifier of a graph is a much sparser weighted graph whose Laplacian quadratic form is within a factor σ\sigmaσ of the original on every vector. Spielman and Teng introduced the notion in Spectral Sparsification of Graphs as a strengthening of the cut sparsifiers of Benczúr and Karger: a spectral sparsifier preserves every cut, and in addition every quantity determined by the Laplacian quadratic form, such as effective resistances, eigenvalues and the behaviour of random walks. Sparsifiers are the reason linear systems in graph Laplacians can be solved in nearly linear time: one preconditions with a sparsifier and solves the sparse system instead (Spielman–Teng, arXiv:cs/0607105).

The construction in the paper has two halves: decompose the graph into pieces of high conductance, then sparsify each piece by random sampling. This mission is the second half, Theorem 6.1 of §6: in a graph whose normalized Laplacian has a spectral gap, keeping each edge independently with probability inversely proportional to the smaller degree of its endpoints, and reweighting kept edges by the inverse probability, produces a (1+ϵ)(1+\epsilon)(1+ϵ)-spectral approximation with few edges, with high probability.

Timeline. Benczúr and Karger (1996) sampled edges with probabilities depending on edge strength and preserved cuts. Achlioptas and McSherry (2001) analysed random sampling of matrices through the random-matrix norm bound of Füredi and Komlós (1981), corrected by Vu (2007). Spielman and Teng (arXiv 2008, SIAM J. Comput. 2011) proved Theorem 6.1 by refining the Füredi–Komlós trace method for downsampling graphs that may already be sparse. Spielman and Srivastava (2008) later replaced conductance-based probabilities by effective resistances.

Setting

Let G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) be an unweighted graph on a finite vertex set VVV, n=∣V∣n=|V|n=∣V∣, with degrees did_idi​, adjacency matrix AAA, diagonal degree matrix DDD and Laplacian LG=D−AL_G=D-ALG​=D−A. Its quadratic form is

xTLGx=∑{u,v}∈E(x(u)−x(v))2,x∈RV.x^TL_Gx=\sum_{\{u,v\}\in E}(x(u)-x(v))^2,\qquad x\in\mathbb R^V .xTLG​x={u,v}∈E∑​(x(u)−x(v))2,x∈RV.

A weighted graph G~\widetilde GG on VVV with weights w(u,v)≥0w(u,v)\ge0w(u,v)≥0 has the form xTLG~x=∑{u,v}w(u,v)(x(u)−x(v))2x^TL_{\widetilde G}x=\sum_{\{u,v\}}w(u,v)(x(u)-x(v))^2xTLG​x=∑{u,v}​w(u,v)(x(u)−x(v))2. G~\widetilde GG is a σ\sigmaσ-approximation of GGG if for all xxx

1σ xTLG~x≤xTLGx≤σ xTLG~x.\tfrac1\sigma\,x^TL_{\widetilde G}x\le x^TL_Gx\le\sigma\,x^TL_{\widetilde G}x .σ1​xTLG​x≤xTLG​x≤σxTLG​x.

When every degree is positive, the normalized Laplacian is LG=D−1/2LGD−1/2\mathcal L_G=D^{-1/2}L_GD^{-1/2}LG​=D−1/2LG​D−1/2; its eigenvalues lie in [0,2][0,2][0,2], and a lower bound λ\lambdaλ on its smallest non-zero eigenvalue measures how well connected each component of GGG is (by Cheeger's inequality it is equivalent to high conductance up to squaring).

Sampling. For a parameter Υ>1\Upsilon>1Υ>1, edge (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) is assigned

pi,j=min⁡(1,Υmin⁡(di,dj)),p_{i,j}=\min\Big(1,\frac{\Upsilon}{\min(d_i,d_j)}\Big),pi,j​=min(1,min(di​,dj​)Υ​),

each edge is kept independently with probability pi,jp_{i,j}pi,j​, and a kept edge gets weight 1/pi,j1/p_{i,j}1/pi,j​. The sampled adjacency matrix A~\widetilde AA then has E[A~]=A\mathbf E[\widetilde A]=AE[A]=A; D~\widetilde DD is the diagonal matrix of weighted degrees of the sampled graph.

The procedure. In Theorem 6.1 sampling is applied only to the edges FFF of an induced subgraph G(S)G(S)G(S), S⊆VS\subseteq VS⊆V; the other edges H=E−FH=E-FH=E−F are kept with weight 1. Sample((S,F),ϵ,p,λ)\mathtt{Sample}((S,F),\epsilon,p,\lambda)Sample((S,F),ϵ,p,λ) sets Υ=(12k/(ϵλ))2\Upsilon=(12k/(\epsilon\lambda))^2Υ=(12k/(ϵλ))2 and uses the degrees did_idi​ of G(S)G(S)G(S); the paper takes k=max⁡(log⁡2(3/p),log⁡2∣S∣)k=\max(\log_2(3/p),\log_2|S|)k=max(log2​(3/p),log2​∣S∣).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.1 (p. 8)

For ϵ,p∈(0,1/2)\epsilon,p\in(0,1/2)ϵ,p∈(0,1/2), GGG without isolated vertices whose smallest non-zero normalized Laplacian eigenvalue is at least λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, S⊆VS\subseteq VS⊆V, and an even integer k≥max⁡(log⁡2(3/p),log⁡2∣S∣)k\ge\max(\log_2(3/p),\log_2|S|)k≥max(log2​(3/p),log2​∣S∣): with probability at least 1−p1-p1−p, simultaneously

(S.1)  G~=(V,F~∪H) is a (1+ϵ)-approximation of G,(S.2)  ∣F~∣≤288 k2(ϵλ)2 ∣S∣.\text{(S.1)}\ \ \widetilde G=(V,\widetilde F\cup H)\ \text{is a }(1+\epsilon)\text{-approximation of }G,\qquad \text{(S.2)}\ \ |\widetilde F|\le\frac{288\,k^2}{(\epsilon\lambda)^2}\,|S| .(S.1)  G=(V,F∪H) is a (1+ϵ)-approximation of G,(S.2)  ∣F∣≤(ϵλ)2288k2​∣S∣.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  • Lemma 6.2 (p. 8): if λ2(D−1/2LD−1/2)≥λ\lambda_2(D^{-1/2}LD^{-1/2})\ge\lambdaλ2​(D−1/2LD−1/2)≥λ and ∥D−1/2(L−L~)D−1/2∥≤ϵ<λ\|D^{-1/2}(L-\widetilde L)D^{-1/2}\|\le\epsilon<\lambda∥D−1/2(L−L)D−1/2∥≤ϵ<λ, then G~\widetilde GG is a λ/(λ−ϵ)\lambda/(\lambda-\epsilon)λ/(λ−ϵ)-approximation of a connected GGG.
  • Claim 6.5 (p. 13): ∣Δi,j∣≤1/Υ|\Delta_{i,j}|\le1/\Upsilon∣Δi,j​∣≤1/Υ for Δ=D−1(A~−A)\Delta=D^{-1}(\widetilde A-A)Δ=D−1(A−A), on every outcome of positive probability.
  • Lemma 6.6 (p. 13): E[Δr,tkΔt,rl]≤Υ−(k+l−1)dr−1\mathbf E[\Delta_{r,t}^k\Delta_{t,r}^l]\le\Upsilon^{-(k+l-1)}d_r^{-1}E[Δr,tk​Δt,rl​]≤Υ−(k+l−1)dr−1​ for every edge, k≥1k\ge1k≥1, l≥0l\ge0l≥0.
  • Lemma 6.4 (p. 10): E[Tr⁡(Δk)]≤nkk/Υk/2\mathbf E[\operatorname{Tr}(\Delta^k)]\le nk^k/\Upsilon^{k/2}E[Tr(Δk)]≤nkk/Υk/2 for even kkk.
  • Lemma 6.3 (p. 9): Pr⁡[∥D−1/2(A~−A)D−1/2∥≥2kn1/k/Υ]≤2−k\Pr[\|D^{-1/2}(\widetilde A-A)D^{-1/2}\|\ge 2kn^{1/k}/\sqrt\Upsilon]\le2^{-k}Pr[∥D−1/2(A−A)D−1/2∥≥2kn1/k/Υ​]≤2−k for even k>0k>0k>0.
  • Theorem 6.8 (p. 15, Chernoff bound, cited from Raghavan 1988).
  • Lemma 6.7 (p. 14): Pr⁡[∥D−1/2(D−D~)D−1/2∥≥ϵ]≤2ne−Υϵ2/3\Pr[\|D^{-1/2}(D-\widetilde D)D^{-1/2}\|\ge\epsilon]\le2ne^{-\Upsilon\epsilon^2/3}Pr[∥D−1/2(D−D)D−1/2∥≥ϵ]≤2ne−Υϵ2/3 for 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1.

Significance

Theorem 6.1 is the sampling engine of the first nearly-linear-time spectral sparsification algorithm: combined with a decomposition of an arbitrary graph into high-conductance pieces (§7–§10 of the paper), it yields sparsifiers with O(nlog⁡cn/ϵ2)O(n\log^c n/\epsilon^2)O(nlogcn/ϵ2) edges, which in turn give the nearly-linear-time Laplacian solvers that underlie fast algorithms for electrical flows, maximum flow approximation and graph partitioning. Lemma 6.3 is a self-contained random-matrix result: a norm bound for the normalized deviation of a downsampled graph that does not assume the original graph is dense.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known, none of it is formalized in Lean or Mathlib: Mathlib has the graph Laplacian (SimpleGraph.lapMatrix) and the spectral theorem for Hermitian matrices, but no normalized Laplacian, no spectral approximation and no trace-method bounds for random matrices. A complete formalization would be the first machine-checked proof of a spectral sparsification theorem, and the milestones (the trace-method moment bound, Chernoff for weighted two-point sums) are reusable on their own.

Difficulty

The obvious argument — bound each entry of A~−A\widetilde A-AA−A and apply a matrix concentration inequality — needs either a matrix Chernoff bound (not in the paper, and not in Mathlib) or the Füredi–Komlós trace method, which assumes every edge can appear and so fails when the graph is already sparse: a vertex of small degree has no room for its entries to average out. The paper's sampling probabilities keep every edge at a vertex of degree at most Υ\UpsilonΥ, and the trace computation has to exploit exactly this through the moment bound of Lemma 6.6 and a combinatorial count of closed walks. Formally, the obstacles are the walk-counting argument of Lemma 6.4, the passage from a trace bound to an eigenvalue bound for the non-symmetric Δ\DeltaΔ (similar to a symmetric matrix), and Lemma 6.2's restriction to the orthogonal complement of the kernel, which must handle disconnected GGG in the goal.

Formalization scope

  • Vertex sets are finite types V; graphs are SimpleGraph V with decidable adjacency; weighted graphs are weight functions V → V → ℝ (symmetric, nonnegative, loopless). The quadratic form is 12∑u,vw(u,v)(x(u)−x(v))2\frac12\sum_{u,v}w(u,v)(x(u)-x(v))^221​∑u,v​w(u,v)(x(u)−x(v))2; a σ\sigmaσ-approximation keeps both inequalities of (2).
  • The probability space is explicit: an outcome is the set TTT of kept edges, with probability ∏e∈Tpe∏e∉T(1−pe)\prod_{e\in T}p_e\prod_{e\notin T}(1-p_e)∏e∈T​pe​∏e∈/T​(1−pe​); probabilities and expectations are finite sums. The goal is a probability bound over this law, not the existence of a good set of edges, which would be a much weaker statement.
  • Eigenvalue conditions are stated with real eigenpairs: "smallest non-zero eigenvalue ≥λ\ge\lambda≥λ" means every eigenvalue μ≠0\mu\ne0μ=0 satisfies μ≥λ\mu\ge\lambdaμ≥λ; "∥M∥≤t\|M\|\le t∥M∥≤t" ("≥t\ge t≥t") for symmetric MMM means every (some) eigenvalue has absolute value ≤t\le t≤t (≥t\ge t≥t).
  • Hypotheses made explicit (the paper leaves them implicit): in Theorem 6.1, kkk is an even integer with k≥log⁡2(3/p)k\ge\log_2(3/p)k≥log2​(3/p), k≥log⁡2∣S∣k\ge\log_2|S|k≥log2​∣S∣ (the proof applies Lemma 6.3 with Sample's kkk, which the paper defines as a real maximum; the printed statement is the case where that maximum is an even integer), every vertex has degree ≥1\ge1≥1, and λ>0\lambda>0λ>0; in Lemma 6.2, 0≤ϵ<λ0\le\epsilon<\lambda0≤ϵ<λ; in Lemma 6.7, 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1 (without it the printed bound is false for large ϵ\epsilonϵ); in Lemmas 6.3–6.7 and Claim 6.5, positive degrees; in Lemma 6.3, k>0k>0k>0; in Theorem 6.8, β>0\beta>0β>0, ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0, pi∈[0,1]p_i\in[0,1]pi​∈[0,1]. GGG is not assumed connected in Theorem 6.1.
  • In Theorem 6.1 the probabilities use the degrees of G(S)G(S)G(S) (the input of Sample\mathtt{Sample}Sample), while λ\lambdaλ refers to GGG; nnn in Sample\mathtt{Sample}Sample is ∣S∣|S|∣S∣.
  • Trivializing readings ruled out: a one-sided "approximation", a goal that chooses the kept edges existentially, and a spectral hypothesis with λ≤0\lambda\le0λ≤0 or without positive degrees are all excluded by the statements.
  • Out of scope: running times, the decomposition algorithms of §7–§10, Cheeger's inequality (Theorem 4.1, cited and not used here), the weighted generalization remarked on p. 10, and the use of Theorem 6.1 in Lemma 9.1.
  • Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone; a Loewner-order formulation equivalence; a general matrix Chernoff or trace-method library from which Lemma 6.3 follows.

Selected references

  • D. A. Spielman, S.-H. Teng, Spectral Sparsification of Graphs, arXiv:0808.4134v3, 2010; SIAM J. Comput. 40(4), 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/0808.4134
  • A. A. Benczúr, D. R. Karger, Approximating s-t minimum cuts in Õ(n²) time, STOC 1996. https://doi.org/10.1145/237814.237827
  • D. Achlioptas, F. McSherry, Fast computation of low rank matrix approximations, STOC 2001. https://doi.org/10.1145/380752.380858
  • Z. Füredi, J. Komlós, The eigenvalues of random symmetric matrices, Combinatorica 1(3), 1981. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02579329
  • V. H. Vu, Spectral norm of random matrices, Combinatorica 27(6), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00493-007-2190-z
  • P. Raghavan, Probabilistic construction of deterministic algorithms: approximating packing integer programs, J. Comput. Syst. Sci. 37(2), 1988. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0000(88)90003-7
  • D. A. Spielman, N. Srivastava, Graph sparsification by effective resistances, STOC 2008; arXiv:0803.0929. https://arxiv.org/abs/0803.0929
13 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Hardness of Approximating Flow and Job Shop Scheduling Problems 2: Coloring Reduction Gap: Makespan 2L·lb if G Is L-Colorable, Independent Set of Size n/(8L) if Half the Jobs Finish by L·lbResearch Paper

Motivation

In the job shop problem, jobs are sequences of operations, each to be processed on a given machine for a given time, and the goal is a schedule of minimum makespan (the time at which the last job finishes). Two numbers bound the optimum from below: the longest job and the most loaded machine. Their maximum is written lb\mathrm{lb}lb. The best approximation algorithms for job shops have a performance guarantee polylogarithmic in lb\mathrm{lb}lb (Shmoys, Stein and Wein 1994; Goldberg, Paterson, Srinivasan and Sweedyk 2001). Whether flow shops and job shops admit a constant-factor approximation was Open Problem 7 of Schuurman and Woeginger (1999).

Mastrolilli and Svensson (J. ACM 58(5), 2011) answered it negatively for the generalized flow shop. Their Theorem 1.2 states that for all sufficiently large constants KKK it is NP-hard to distinguish generalized flow shop instances with a schedule of makespan 2K⋅lb2K\cdot\mathrm{lb}2K⋅lb from instances in which no schedule finishes more than half of the jobs within 18K(1/25)log⁡K⋅lb\tfrac18 K^{(1/25)\log K}\cdot\mathrm{lb}81​K(1/25)logK⋅lb. The proof is a gap-preserving reduction Γ\GammaΓ from graph colouring. This mission formalizes the combinatorial heart of that reduction.

Timeline. Shmoys, Stein and Wein (1994) gave an O((log⁡lb)2/log⁡log⁡lb)O((\log\mathrm{lb})^2/\log\log\mathrm{lb})O((loglb)2/logloglb)-approximation for job shops, improved by a log⁡log⁡lb\log\log\mathrm{lb}logloglb factor by Goldberg et al. (2001). Williamson et al. (1997) proved that approximating flow shops with unit operations within a ratio better than 5/45/45/4 is NP-hard. Feige and Scheideler (2002) gave acyclic job shop instances with optimum Ω(lblog⁡lb/log⁡log⁡lb)\Omega(\mathrm{lb}\log\mathrm{lb}/\log\log\mathrm{lb})Ω(lbloglb/logloglb) and asked whether flow shops admit a much better upper bound than O(lblog⁡lblog⁡log⁡lb)O(\mathrm{lb}\log\mathrm{lb}\log\log\mathrm{lb})O(lbloglblogloglb). Khot (2001) proved the colouring hardness this reduction starts from. Mastrolilli and Svensson (FOCS 2008; J. ACM 2011) proved Theorem 1.2 and its job shop variants.

Setting

A generalized flow shop (flow shop with jumps) is a job shop with a fixed linear order on the machines in which every job visits its machines in increasing order but may skip machines. Operations may have length 000. A zero-length operation still occupies its machine for an instant, so it cannot be processed strictly inside another operation on the same machine.

Let G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) be a simple graph with nnn vertices whose vertices are partitioned into ddd independent sets I1,…,IdI_1,\dots,I_dI1​,…,Id​. Vertex v∈Ifv\in I_fv∈If​ has frequency f(v)=ff(v)=ff(v)=f. For an integer rrr write lb=r2d\mathrm{lb}=r^{2d}lb=r2d. The instance S(r,d)S(r,d)S(r,d) has r2dr^{2d}r2d groups M1,…,Mr2dM_1,\dots,M_{r^{2d}}M1​,…,Mr2d​ of machines, each with one machine mg,vm_{g,v}mg,v​ per vertex. The machines are ordered by group first and, within a group, by decreasing frequency. A vertex vvv of frequency fff owns r2(d−f)r^{2(d-f)}r2(d−f) groups of r2fr^{2f}r2f identical jobs. The job jg,ivj^v_{g,i}jg,iv​ has a long-operation of length r2(d−f)r^{2(d-f)}r2(d−f) on each of the r2fr^{2f}r2f machines ma+1,v,…,ma+r2f,vm_{a+1,v},\dots,m_{a+r^{2f},v}ma+1,v​,…,ma+r2f,v​, where a=(g−1)r2fa=(g-1)r^{2f}a=(g−1)r2f. It also has a short-operation of length 000 on every machine of every neighbour of vvv, in every group. A long-operation is good if the next long-operation of the same job starts at most r24r2(d−f)\tfrac{r^2}{4}r^{2(d-f)}4r2​r2(d−f) time units after it ends. Tg,vT_{g,v}Tg,v​ is the set of first halves of the good long-operations on mg,vm_{g,v}mg,v​, and L(Tg,v)L(T_{g,v})L(Tg,v​) is the time they cover.

χ(G)\chi(G)χ(G) is the chromatic number of GGG and α(G)\alpha(G)α(G) the size of its largest independent set.

Formalization targets

Goal: the gap of Γ\GammaΓ

For every graph GGG with a proper colouring into ddd classes and every integer r≥8r\ge 8r≥8, with S=S(r,d)S=S(r,d)S=S(r,d):

(a)S is a generalized flow shop, every job has length r2d and every machine load r2d;\text{(a)}\quad S \text{ is a generalized flow shop, every job has length } r^{2d} \text{ and every machine load } r^{2d};(a)S is a generalized flow shop, every job has length r2d and every machine load r2d; (b)G is K-colourable ⟹ Cmax⁡∗(S)≤2K⋅r2d;\text{(b)}\quad G \text{ is } K\text{-colourable} \ \Longrightarrow\ C^*_{\max}(S)\le 2K\cdot r^{2d};(b)G is K-colourable ⟹ Cmax∗​(S)≤2K⋅r2d; (c)0<L≤r,  α(G)<n8L ⟹ in every feasible schedule fewer than half of the jobs finish by L⋅r2d.\text{(c)}\quad 0<L\le r,\ \ \alpha(G) < \tfrac{n}{8L} \ \Longrightarrow\ \text{in every feasible schedule fewer than half of the jobs finish by } L\cdot r^{2d}.(c)0<L≤r,  α(G)<8Ln​ ⟹ in every feasible schedule fewer than half of the jobs finish by L⋅r2d.

Milestones

Remark 3.6 (lengths, loads, operation count), Claim 3.8 (an independent set's jobs fit in 2⋅lb2\cdot\mathrm{lb}2⋅lb), Lemma 3.7 (completeness), Lemma 3.10 (most long-operations are good), Lemma 3.11 (adjacent vertices have disjoint TTT-intervals), Lemma 3.12 (one group carries lb⋅n/8\mathrm{lb}\cdot n/8lb⋅n/8 of first-half time), and Lemma 3.9 (soundness: an independent set of size n/(8L)n/(8L)n/(8L)).

Significance

The result. Together with Khot's colouring hardness, the gap shows that no polynomial-time algorithm approximates the generalized flow shop within any constant factor unless P = NP, and rules out an O((log⁡lb)1−ϵ)O((\log\mathrm{lb})^{1-\epsilon})O((loglb)1−ϵ)-approximation under a stronger complexity assumption (Theorem 1.3). It also shows that on the no-instances of the reduction every schedule has makespan greater than L⋅lbL\cdot\mathrm{lb}L⋅lb, far above the trivial lower bound lb\mathrm{lb}lb. Because soundness bounds the number of jobs finished early, the same reduction also gives hardness for the sum of completion times (footnote 2).

Formalizing it. The paper proves every statement of this mission; none is open. As far as the catalog shows, none has a machine-checked proof. The soundness argument rests on a timing property of zero-length operations: a job of higher frequency must wait for a long-operation of an adjacent lower-frequency job. Such properties are easy to state loosely and easy to get wrong, so a verified proof would be useful. A formal proof would also make explicit the thresholds the paper leaves as "sufficiently large rrr".

Difficulty

Completeness is constructive and routine once the job and machine indexing is under control. The difficulty is soundness. One might argue directly that jobs of adjacent vertices never overlap in time, but that is false: a schedule may run them in parallel at the cost of delays. The argument controls it only on average. It throws away the jobs that finish late and the long-operations followed by a long delay. It shows that the first halves of the remaining long-operations of adjacent vertices are disjoint in each machine group. Then it finds a moment covered by many such first halves. Each step needs a precise count: of good operations per job, of covered time per group, and of overlap multiplicity at a point. The degenerate conventions (empty colour classes, n=0n=0n=0, the last long-operation of a job) have to be handled throughout.

Formalization scope

The instance is the published JobShopLTAS.Core.Instance (machines and jobs Fin (r^{2d} n), real nonnegative processing times, disjunctive machine constraint under which a zero-length operation cannot sit strictly inside another operation on its machine), with its IsFeasibleSchedule and makespan. The graph has vertex set Fin n and the partition into independent sets is a Mathlib proper colouring G.Coloring (Fin d). Frequencies f(v)=c(v)+1f(v)=c(v)+1f(v)=c(v)+1 are 1-based, as are group indices. Within a group the paper leaves machines of equal frequency unordered; they are ordered by vertex index. Every job's operation list is its machine set sorted by the global order. L(Tg,v)L(T_{g,v})L(Tg,v​) is the Lebesgue measure of the union of the intervals.

Explicit readings of the paper's wording:

  • "sufficiently large rrr" is r≥8r\ge 8r≥8 (from (1−4/r)≥1/2(1-4/r)\ge 1/2(1−4/r)≥1/2 in the proof of Lemma 3.12 via Lemma 2.4); Lemma 3.11 needs only r≥2r\ge 2r≥2, Lemma 3.10 r≥1r\ge 1r≥1;
  • "χ(G)=L\chi(G)=Lχ(G)=L" in Lemma 3.7 is LLL-colourability, and "makespan lb⋅2L\mathrm{lb}\cdot 2Llb⋅2L" is makespan at most 2L r2d2L\,r^{2d}2Lr2d;
  • "at least half the jobs finish within lb⋅L\mathrm{lb}\cdot Llb⋅L" is 2⋅#{j:Cj≤L r2d}≥r2dn2\cdot\#\{j: C_j\le L\,r^{2d}\}\ge r^{2d}n2⋅#{j:Cj​≤Lr2d}≥r2dn, with CjC_jCj​ the end of the last operation of jjj, and LLL is real with 0<L≤r0<L\le r0<L≤r;
  • the operation count is Remark 3.6's (Δ+1)r2d(\Delta+1)r^{2d}(Δ+1)r2d for a degree bound Δ\DeltaΔ, not the section introduction's d r2dd\,r^{2d}dr2d;
  • the goal's soundness is the contrapositive of Lemma 3.9; Lemma 3.9 itself is stated positively.

Not formalized: "NP-hard", "for all sufficiently large KKK", "in time polynomial in nnn and rdr^drd", Khot's Theorem 1.7, the choice d=Δ+1d=\Delta+1d=Δ+1, r=K(1/25)log⁡Kr=K^{(1/25)\log K}r=K(1/25)logK, and the randomized Lemma 3.1 behind Theorem 1.3.

A model in which zero-length operations occupy no machine time would make soundness false, and stating soundness only for schedules of an independent set's jobs would make it vacuous. The goal is about every feasible schedule of S(r,d)S(r,d)S(r,d), built from (G,c,r)(G,c,r)(G,c,r), in the published model, where zero-length operations do conflict.

A complete development needs counting lemmas for the indexing of jobs and machines, sorting facts for the operation lists, and a measure-theoretic averaging argument (a point covered by many intervals). The averaging argument and the good-operation counting are shared with the flow shop gap of Theorem 1.1 and reusable there. Proofs of any milestone, and sorry-free sanity checks on small instances, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Mastrolilli, O. Svensson, Hardness of Approximating Flow and Job Shop Scheduling Problems, J. ACM 58(5), Article 20, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1145/2027216.2027218
  • S. Khot, Improved inapproximability results for MaxClique, chromatic number and approximate graph coloring, FOCS 2001, 600–609. https://doi.org/10.1109/SFCS.2001.959936
  • D. B. Shmoys, C. Stein, J. Wein, Improved approximation algorithms for shop scheduling problems, SIAM J. Comput. 23, 617–632, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/S009753979222676X
  • L. A. Goldberg, M. Paterson, A. Srinivasan, E. Sweedyk, Better approximation guarantees for job-shop scheduling, SIAM J. Discrete Math. 14(1), 67–92, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0895480199326104
  • P. Schuurman, G. J. Woeginger, Polynomial time approximation algorithms for machine scheduling: ten open problems, J. Scheduling 2(5), 203–213, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1002/(SICI)1099-1425(199909/10)2:5%3C203::AID-JOS26%3E3.0.CO;2-5
  • U. Feige, C. Scheideler, Improved bounds for acyclic job shop scheduling, Combinatorica 22(3), 361–399, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1007/s004930200018
  • D. P. Williamson et al., Short shop schedules, Operations Research 45(2), 288–294, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.45.2.288
12 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Basic Packing of Arborescences: A Digraph with Roots Has an M-Basic Packing of Arborescences iff π Is M-Independent and D Is M-ConnectedResearch Paper

Motivation

Packing arc-disjoint arborescences is one of the basic tractable problems of combinatorial optimization. Edmonds' branching theorem (1973) says that a digraph D=(V,A)D=(V,A)D=(V,A) contains kkk arc-disjoint spanning arborescences rooted at a vertex rrr if and only if every non-empty vertex set X⊆V∖rX\subseteq V\setminus rX⊆V∖r is entered by at least kkk arcs. Its undirected counterpart is the Tutte–Nash-Williams theorem on edge-disjoint spanning trees, and Frank showed how the undirected theorem follows from the directed one through an orientation argument. Both results underlie network-design and connectivity-augmentation algorithms, and the cut condition in Edmonds' theorem is the model for many min–max theorems on packings.

Katoh and Tanigawa (2013), motivated by the rigidity of frameworks with boundaries, introduced matroid-based packings of rooted trees in undirected graphs: the roots of the trees are elements of a matroid, and every vertex must be covered by trees whose roots form a base. Durand de Gevigney, Nguyen and Szigeti (arXiv:1207.1985, 2012) gave the directed counterpart. Their Theorem 1.6 characterizes digraphs with roots that admit a matroid-based packing of arborescences, contains Edmonds' theorem as the special case of the free matroid with all roots at one vertex, and implies Katoh and Tanigawa's undirected theorem through Frank's orientation theorem. Its proof is short and purely combinatorial.

Timeline:

  • 1961: Tutte and Nash-Williams characterize graphs with kkk edge-disjoint spanning trees.
  • 1973: Edmonds characterizes digraphs with kkk arc-disjoint spanning arborescences rooted at rrr.
  • 1980: Frank's orientation theorem for intersecting supermodular demand functions.
  • 2011–2013: Katoh and Tanigawa, rooted-tree decompositions with matroid constraints (undirected).
  • 2012: Durand de Gevigney, Nguyen and Szigeti, the directed theorem (this mission).

Setting

A digraph D=(V,A)D=(V,A)D=(V,A) has a finite vertex set VVV and a finite set AAA of arcs, each with a tail and a head; parallel arcs are allowed. For X⊆VX\subseteq VX⊆V, ϱD(X)\varrho_D(X)ϱD​(X) is the set of arcs entering XXX (tail outside, head inside) and ρD(X)=∣ϱD(X)∣\rho_D(X)=|\varrho_D(X)|ρD​(X)=∣ϱD​(X)∣. An arborescence rooted at rrr is a sub-digraph that is a directed tree in which rrr has in-degree 000 and every other vertex has in-degree 111; the single vertex rrr is an arborescence.

Let SSS be a finite set and π:S→V\pi:S\to Vπ:S→V a placement of its elements at vertices (several elements may sit at one vertex). The triple (D,S,π)(D,S,\pi)(D,S,π) is a digraph with roots. Write SX=π−1(X)S_X=\pi^{-1}(X)SX​=π−1(X) and Sv=π−1(v)S_v=\pi^{-1}(v)Sv​=π−1(v). Let MMM be a matroid on SSS with rank function rMr_MrM​.

  • π\piπ is MMM-independent if SvS_vSv​ is independent in MMM for every vertex vvv.
  • (D,S,π)(D,S,\pi)(D,S,π) is MMM-connected if
ρD(X) ≥ rM(S)−rM(SX)for all non-empty X⊆V.(3)\rho_D(X)\ \ge\ r_M(S)-r_M(S_X)\qquad\text{for all non-empty }X\subseteq V.\tag{3}ρD​(X) ≥ rM​(S)−rM​(SX​)for all non-empty X⊆V.(3)
  • An MMM-basic packing of arborescences is a family (Ts)s∈S(T_s)_{s\in S}(Ts​)s∈S​ of pairwise arc-disjoint arborescences of DDD, TsT_sTs​ rooted at π(s)\pi(s)π(s), such that for every vertex vvv the set {s∈S:v∈V(Ts)}\{s\in S: v\in V(T_s)\}{s∈S:v∈V(Ts​)} is a base of MMM. The arborescences need not be spanning.

In Lean these are Digraph, Arborescence, MIndependent, MConnected and IsBasicPacking in the namespace BasicPackArb.Main; the proof-side notions (tight sets, domination, good and bad arcs, the parallel extension) are in a second definitions module.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.6

∃ (Ts)s∈S an M-basic packing of arborescences in (D,S,π)  ⟺  π is M-independent and (D,S,π) is M-connected.\exists\,(T_s)_{s\in S}\ \text{an }M\text{-basic packing of arborescences in }(D,S,\pi)\iff \pi\text{ is }M\text{-independent and }(D,S,\pi)\text{ is }M\text{-connected}.∃(Ts​)s∈S​ an M-basic packing of arborescences in (D,S,π)⟺π is M-independent and (D,S,π) is M-connected.

The statement is universally quantified over the vertex, arc and root types, the digraph, the placement and the matroid. It has no constants.

Milestones

  1. The necessity direction (§2, p. 4).
  2. Claim 2.1: if rM(P∩Q)+rM(P∪Q)=rM(P)+rM(Q)r_M(P\cap Q)+r_M(P\cup Q)=r_M(P)+r_M(Q)rM​(P∩Q)+rM​(P∪Q)=rM​(P)+rM​(Q), an element spanned by PPP and by QQQ is spanned by P∩QP\cap QP∩Q.
  3. Claim 2.2 (a), (b), (c): uncrossing of tight sets, the part of a tight set reaching a vertex, and domination along good arcs.
  4. Claim 2.3: with no bad arc, single-vertex arborescences form a basic packing.
  5. The lifting step (p. 5): removing a bad arc uvuvuv and adding a root s′s's′ parallel to sss at vvv preserves independence, and a packing of the new instance lifts back.
  6. Statement (4) and Claim 2.4: some bad arc can be split off while keeping M′M'M′-connectedness.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1.6 is a good characterization: both sides can be certified, and the condition (3) is a cut condition with a submodular right-hand side. It unifies Edmonds' branching theorem (free matroid, all roots at one vertex) with matroid-constrained packings, and through Frank's orientation theorem it yields Katoh and Tanigawa's theorem on rooted-tree decompositions, which is used in combinatorial rigidity. The same paper derives from it a description of the convex hull of basic packings and a polynomial algorithm for the minimum-cost version.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof of Theorem 1.6, of Edmonds' branching theorem, or of any of the claims is known on this platform. A formal proof needs a multi-digraph library with arc deletion, arborescences as sub-digraphs, in-degree functions of vertex sets and their submodularity, and matroid rank and span arguments on top of Mathlib's Matroid. The milestones follow the paper's induction on the number of arcs.

Difficulty

The necessity direction is a counting argument. Sufficiency is the substance. The natural first attempt, building the arborescences greedily or splitting SSS into Edmonds instances, fails because the arborescences are not spanning and the covering condition is a base condition at every vertex, coupled through the matroid. The hard step is Claim 2.4: deleting an arc can destroy condition (3), and it must be shown that some bad arc, together with a suitable new parallel root, can be removed without doing so. Condition (3) has to be controlled for every vertex set at once, with a right-hand side that changes with the matroid. Formally, the lifting step requires gluing two arborescences with an arc and checking that the base condition survives the identification of the parallel pair.

Formalization scope

  • Vertices: a Fintype V with decidable equality. Arcs: an ambient type with tail, head and a finite arc set arcs, so parallel arcs and loops are allowed and D−uvD-uvD−uv deletes one arc.
  • Arborescence: vertex set, arc set inside AAA with ends in the vertex set, a root of in-degree 000, in-degree exactly 111 at other vertices, every vertex reachable from the root. Under the in-degree conditions this is equivalent to being a directed tree.
  • The packing is a family indexed by SSS, not a set of arborescences, so ∣Sv∣|S_v|∣Sv​∣ equal single-vertex arborescences count separately.
  • Matroid: Mathlib's Matroid S with ground set all of SSS (a finite type); rank is Matroid.eRk with values in N∞\mathbb{N}_\inftyN∞​; base is IsBase, independence is Indep.
  • SpanM(Q)={s:rM(Q∪{s})=rM(Q)}\mathrm{Span}_M(Q)=\{s: r_M(Q\cup\{s\})=r_M(Q)\}SpanM​(Q)={s:rM​(Q∪{s})=rM​(Q)}, defined literally.
  • (3) and tightness are written additively, rM(S)≤ρD(X)+rM(SX)r_M(S)\le\rho_D(X)+r_M(S_X)rM​(S)≤ρD​(X)+rM​(SX​) and ρD(X)+rM(SX)=rM(S)\rho_D(X)+r_M(S_X)=r_M(S)ρD​(X)+rM​(SX​)=rM​(S), so no truncated subtraction appears. (3) ranges over all non-empty XXX, including sets that contain roots.
  • The extension S′S'S′ is Option S with the new element none; M′M'M′ is the comap of MMM along o↦o.getD so\mapsto o.\mathrm{getD}\,so↦o.getDs, which makes none parallel to sss and restricts to MMM on SSS.
  • Claims stated inside the sufficiency proof carry that proof's standing hypotheses explicitly (π\piπ MMM-independent, MMM-connected, and "no bad arc", "a bad arc exists" or "Claim 2.4 is false" as the page says).

A formalization in which arborescences need not lie in AAA, or need not be reachable from their root, or in which the packing is a set of arborescences, or the per-vertex condition is "spanning" or "independent" rather than "base", states a different theorem and is ruled out by the definitions above.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the claims in any order, general lemmas on submodularity of ρD\rho_DρD​ and on tight-set uncrossing (reusable for other arborescence-packing results), and a proof of Edmonds' branching theorem as a corollary of the goal.

Selected references

  • O. Durand de Gevigney, V.-H. Nguyen, Z. Szigeti, Basic Packing of Arborescences, arXiv preprint, 2012. https://arxiv.org/abs/1207.1985v1 (published as Matroid-based packing of arborescences, SIAM J. Discrete Math., 2013).
  • J. Edmonds, Edge-disjoint branchings, in R. Rustin (ed.), Combinatorial Algorithms, Academic Press, 1973, pp. 91–96.
  • N. Katoh, S. Tanigawa, Rooted-tree decompositions with matroid constraints and the infinitesimal rigidity of frameworks with boundaries, SIAM J. Discrete Math., 2013.
  • A. Frank, On the orientation of graphs, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 28 (1980) 251–261.
  • W. T. Tutte, On the problem of decomposing a graph into n connected factors, J. London Math. Soc. 36 (1961) 221–230; C. St. J. A. Nash-Williams, Edge-disjoint spanning trees of finite graphs, J. London Math. Soc. 36 (1961) 445–450.
  • A. Frank, Connections in Combinatorial Optimization, Oxford University Press, 2011.
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear algebraProbabilityRandom Matrix Theory+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Graph Sparsification by Effective Resistances 1: Sampling O(n log n/ε²) Edges by Effective Resistance Yields a (1±ε) Spectral Sparsifier with Probability 1/2Research Paper

Motivation

Many graph algorithms run in time proportional to the number of edges. A sparsifier of a weighted graph GGG is a graph HHH on the same vertices with far fewer edges that approximates GGG for the purpose at hand, so that the algorithm can be run on HHH instead. Benczúr and Karger (1996) showed that every graph has a sparsifier with O(nlog⁡n/ε2)O(n\log n/\varepsilon^2)O(nlogn/ε2) edges preserving the weight of every cut up to a factor 1±ε1\pm\varepsilon1±ε. Spielman and Teng (2004) introduced the stronger spectral notion, in which the Laplacian quadratic form is preserved for every real vector, not only for cut indicators; their sparsifiers had O(nlog⁡cn)O(n\log^c n)O(nlogcn) edges for a large constant ccc and were the first step of their nearly-linear-time solvers for symmetric diagonally dominant linear systems.

Spielman and Srivastava (arXiv:0803.0929, STOC 2008, SIAM J. Comput. 2011) proved that independent sampling of O(nlog⁡n/ε2)O(n\log n/\varepsilon^2)O(nlogn/ε2) edges, each edge with probability proportional to its weight times its effective resistance, yields a spectral sparsifier. The result improved both earlier bounds, replaced a recursive partitioning construction by a one-line sampling rule, and made effective resistance a standard tool in graph algorithms. Batson, Spielman and Srivastava (arXiv:0808.0163) later obtained O(n/ε2)O(n/\varepsilon^2)O(n/ε2) edges deterministically, by a slower method built on the same matrix Π\PiΠ.

Setting

Let G=(V,E,w)G=(V,E,w)G=(V,E,w) be a connected weighted undirected graph with n=∣V∣n=|V|n=∣V∣ vertices, m=∣E∣m=|E|m=∣E∣ edges and weights we>0w_e>0we​>0. Orient every edge arbitrarily, so that it has a head and a tail (distinct vertices).

  • The incidence matrix B∈Rm×nB\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}B∈Rm×n has B(e,v)=1B(e,v)=1B(e,v)=1 if vvv is the head of eee, −1-1−1 if vvv is its tail, and 000 otherwise; beb_ebe​ denotes its row for eee. WWW is the diagonal m×mm\times mm×m matrix with W(e,e)=weW(e,e)=w_eW(e,e)=we​.
  • The Laplacian is L=BTWBL=B^{\mathsf T}WBL=BTWB, with quadratic form xTLx=∑ewe (x(head e)−x(tail e))2x^{\mathsf T}Lx=\sum_e w_e\,(x(\mathrm{head}\,e)-x(\mathrm{tail}\,e))^2xTLx=∑e​we​(x(heade)−x(taile))2.
  • L+L^{+}L+ is the Moore–Penrose pseudoinverse of LLL: if L=∑i=1n−1λiuiuiTL=\sum_{i=1}^{n-1}\lambda_iu_iu_i^{\mathsf T}L=∑i=1n−1​λi​ui​uiT​ over its nonzero eigenvalues, then L+=∑i=1n−1λi−1uiuiTL^{+}=\sum_{i=1}^{n-1}\lambda_i^{-1}u_iu_i^{\mathsf T}L+=∑i=1n−1​λi−1​ui​uiT​.
  • The effective resistance of the edge eee is Re=beL+beTR_e=b_eL^{+}b_e^{\mathsf T}Re​=be​L+beT​: the potential difference across eee when a unit current enters at one end and leaves at the other, the edges being resistors of conductance wew_ewe​.
  • Π=W1/2BL+BTW1/2\Pi=W^{1/2}BL^{+}B^{\mathsf T}W^{1/2}Π=W1/2BL+BTW1/2 is an m×mm\times mm×m matrix with Π(e,e)=weRe\Pi(e,e)=w_eR_eΠ(e,e)=we​Re​.
  • Sparsify(G,q)(G,q)(G,q) draws qqq edges independently with replacement, the edge eee with probability pe=weRe/∑fwfRfp_e=w_eR_e/\sum_f w_fR_fpe​=we​Re​/∑f​wf​Rf​, and gives eee the weight we/(qpe)w_e/(qp_e)we​/(qpe​) for each time it is drawn. Its output HHH has Laplacian L~=BTW1/2SW1/2B\tilde L=B^{\mathsf T}W^{1/2}SW^{1/2}BL~=BTW1/2SW1/2B, where SSS is the random diagonal matrix with S(e,e)=#{draws of e}/(qpe)S(e,e)=\#\{\text{draws of }e\}/(qp_e)S(e,e)=#{draws of e}/(qpe​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

There are an absolute constant CCC and a threshold N0N_0N0​ such that, for every n≥N0n\ge N_0n≥N0​, every connected weighted graph on nnn vertices and every 1/n<ε≤11/\sqrt n<\varepsilon\le11/n​<ε≤1, with q=⌈9C2nlog⁡n/ε2⌉q=\lceil 9C^2n\log n/\varepsilon^2\rceilq=⌈9C2nlogn/ε2⌉, with probability at least 1/21/21/2

∀x∈Rn:(1−ε) xTLx  ≤  xTL~x  ≤  (1+ε) xTLx.\forall x\in\mathbb R^n:\qquad (1-\varepsilon)\,x^{\mathsf T}Lx\;\le\;x^{\mathsf T}\tilde Lx\;\le\;(1+\varepsilon)\,x^{\mathsf T}Lx .∀x∈Rn:(1−ε)xTLx≤xTL~x≤(1+ε)xTLx.

The constant CCC is left unfixed; the statement asserts the shape q=O(nlog⁡n/ε2)q=O(n\log n/\varepsilon^2)q=O(nlogn/ε2) with the paper's explicit dependence on CCC.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3 (four parts): Π\PiΠ is an orthogonal projection; im⁡Π=im⁡W1/2B\operatorname{im}\Pi=\operatorname{im}W^{1/2}BimΠ=imW1/2B; the eigenvalues of Π\PiΠ are 111 with multiplicity n−1n-1n−1 and 000 with multiplicity m−n+1m-n+1m−n+1; Π(e,e)=∥Π(⋅,e)∥2\Pi(e,e)=\|\Pi(\cdot,e)\|^2Π(e,e)=∥Π(⋅,e)∥2.
  2. Lemma 4: for a nonnegative diagonal SSS, ∥ΠSΠ−ΠΠ∥2≤ε\|\Pi S\Pi-\Pi\Pi\|_2\le\varepsilon∥ΠSΠ−ΠΠ∥2​≤ε implies (1−ε)xTLx≤xTBTW1/2SW1/2Bx≤(1+ε)xTLx(1-\varepsilon)x^{\mathsf T}Lx\le x^{\mathsf T}B^{\mathsf T}W^{1/2}SW^{1/2}Bx\le(1+\varepsilon)x^{\mathsf T}Lx(1−ε)xTLx≤xTBTW1/2SW1/2Bx≤(1+ε)xTLx for all xxx.
  3. Lemma 5 (Rudelson–Vershynin): for independent samples y1,…,yqy_1,\dots,y_qy1​,…,yq​ of a random vector with ∥y∥2≤M\|y\|_2\le M∥y∥2​≤M and ∥E yyT∥2≤1\|\mathbb E\,yy^{\mathsf T}\|_2\le1∥EyyT∥2​≤1, and q≥2q\ge2q≥2,
E∥1q∑j=1qyjyjT−E yyT∥2≤CMlog⁡qqwhenever the right side is <1.\mathbb E\Big\|\frac1q\sum_{j=1}^q y_jy_j^{\mathsf T}-\mathbb E\,yy^{\mathsf T}\Big\|_2\le CM\sqrt{\frac{\log q}{q}}\quad\text{whenever the right side is }<1.E​q1​j=1∑q​yj​yjT​−EyyT​2​≤CMqlogq​​whenever the right side is <1.

Significance

Theorem 1 says that every weighted graph is spectrally approximated by a reweighted subgraph with O(nlog⁡n/ε2)O(n\log n/\varepsilon^2)O(nlogn/ε2) edges. A spectral approximation preserves cut weights, the eigenvalues of the Laplacian up to 1±ε1\pm\varepsilon1±ε, effective resistances, and the condition number of LLL as a preconditioner, so any algorithm whose output depends on these quantities can run on HHH. Combined with fast approximate computation of effective resistances (the second mission of this series), it gives a nearly-linear-time construction, and it is the sampling step used in Laplacian solvers, in sparsification of sums of rank-one matrices, and in leverage-score sampling for regression, where weRew_eR_ewe​Re​ is exactly the statistical leverage of a row.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked proof exists. This mission formalizes the statement and the paper's proof structure: the linear algebra of Π\PiΠ (Lemma 3), the deterministic reduction from quadratic forms to a spectral-norm bound (Lemma 4), and the matrix concentration inequality (Lemma 5), which is the substantive analytic input and is itself a reusable result about sums of independent rank-one matrices.

Difficulty

The deterministic part is linear algebra over the pseudoinverse. The obstacle is concentration: the expected Laplacian of HHH equals LLL, but bounding the deviation uniformly over all x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn is a statement about the spectral norm of a random matrix, and a union bound over a net of directions costs a factor of nnn in the sample count rather than log⁡n\log nlogn. Scalar Chernoff bounds per cut, which suffice for cut sparsifiers, do not give the spectral statement. Lemma 5 is the matrix inequality that removes this loss, and no inequality of this kind (a concentration bound for the spectral norm of a sum of independent random matrices) is in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

All declarations sit in the namespace EffResSparsify.Sampling.

  • Graphs. A structure WGraph V E with orientation maps head, tail : E → V, weights w : E → ℝ, and the fields head e ≠ tail e (no loops) and 0 < w e. Parallel edges are allowed; nothing in §3 uses simplicity. Connectivity is a separate hypothesis on the underlying simple graph and includes V≠∅V\ne\emptysetV=∅. In Theorem 1 the vertex type is Fin n; the edge type is an arbitrary finite type.
  • Pseudoinverse. L+L^{+}L+ is the matrix of the published Moore–Penrose pseudoinverse HarmonicGames.Decomposition.pinv of x↦Lxx\mapsto Lxx↦Lx on Euclidean RV\mathbb R^VRV; it equals the spectral formula above and is the gauge-fixed inverse, never "some solution of Lx=yLx=yLx=y".
  • Sampling. pep_epe​ is defined as weRe/∑fwfRfw_eR_e/\sum_f w_fR_fwe​Re​/∑f​wf​Rf​; the identity ∑fwfRf=n−1\sum_f w_fR_f=n-1∑f​wf​Rf​=n−1 is part of the proof. An outcome of Sparsify is a sequence in EqE^qEq with probability ∏ipsi\prod_i p_{s_i}∏i​psi​​, and probabilities and expectations are finite sums over EqE^qEq, with no measure theory.
  • Norms and logarithms. ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​ is the ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ operator norm on matrices (Matrix.Norms.L2Operator); vector norms in Lemma 5 are Euclidean; log⁡\loglog is natural (the base is absorbed into CCC).
  • Constants. In Theorem 1, ∃C>0, ∃N0, ∀n≥N0\exists C>0,\ \exists N_0,\ \forall n\ge N_0∃C>0, ∃N0​, ∀n≥N0​ precede the graph and ε\varepsilonε; the sample count is ⌈9C2nlog⁡n/ε2⌉\lceil 9C^2n\log n/\varepsilon^2\rceil⌈9C2nlogn/ε2⌉, rounded up because the printed value is not an integer. In Lemma 5, ∃C>0\exists C>0∃C>0 precedes the dimension, the distribution, MMM and qqq.
  • Corrected statement. Lemma 5 as printed, with right side min⁡(CMlog⁡q/q,1)\min(CM\sqrt{\log q/q},1)min(CMlogq/q​,1), is false (at q=1q=1q=1 the bound is 000). The formal milestone is Rudelson and Vershynin's own Theorem 3.1: q≥2q\ge2q≥2, and the bound a=CMlog⁡q/qa=CM\sqrt{\log q/q}a=CMlogq/q​ holds when a<1a<1a<1. It is stated for finitely supported distributions, which is all Theorem 1 uses. Theorem 1 applies it with a≤ε/2a\le\varepsilon/2a≤ε/2, so the correction does not affect the goal.
  • Not a trivialization. Theorem 1 does not take Lemma 5, a bound on E∥ΠSΠ−Π∥2\mathbb E\|\Pi S\Pi-\Pi\|_2E∥ΠSΠ−Π∥2​, or a free sample count as a hypothesis; a statement with any of these, or with "∃q\exists q∃q" in place of ⌈9C2nlog⁡n/ε2⌉\lceil 9C^2n\log n/\varepsilon^2\rceil⌈9C2nlogn/ε2⌉, is a different theorem.

Reusable beyond this mission: the weighted Laplacian with its pseudoinverse and effective resistances, and Lemma 5, which applies to any sampling scheme for sums of rank-one matrices (leverage-score sampling, column subset selection). Contributions toward a matrix Chernoff or Rudelson-type inequality in Mathlib are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. A. Spielman, N. Srivastava, Graph Sparsification by Effective Resistances, arXiv:0803.0929v4, 2009; SIAM J. Comput. 40(6), 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/0803.0929, https://doi.org/10.1137/080734029
  • M. Rudelson, R. Vershynin, Sampling from large matrices: an approach through geometric functional analysis, J. ACM 54(4), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1145/1255443.1255449
  • M. Rudelson, Random vectors in the isotropic position, J. Funct. Anal. 164(1), 1999. https://doi.org/10.1006/jfan.1998.3384
  • A. A. Benczúr, D. R. Karger, Approximating s-t minimum cuts in Õ(n²) time, STOC 1996. https://doi.org/10.1145/237814.237827
  • D. A. Spielman, S.-H. Teng, Spectral sparsification of graphs, SIAM J. Comput. 40(4), 2011 (arXiv:0808.4134). https://arxiv.org/abs/0808.4134
  • J. Batson, D. A. Spielman, N. Srivastava, Twice-Ramanujan sparsifiers, SIAM J. Comput. 41(6), 2012 (arXiv:0808.0163). https://arxiv.org/abs/0808.0163
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear algebraTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Graph Sparsification by Effective Resistances 2: Approximate Laplacian Solves Preserve Effective-Resistance Sketches up to (1±ε)²Research Paper

Motivation

The effective resistance between two vertices of a weighted graph is the voltage difference that appears between them when the graph is viewed as an electrical network, edge weights being conductances, and one unit of current is injected at one vertex and extracted at the other. Effective resistances drive the spectral sparsification algorithm of Spielman and Srivastava (arXiv:0803.0929): sampling each edge with probability proportional to its weight times its effective resistance yields a sparse graph whose Laplacian approximates the original one. They are also used as a distance on graphs in the analysis of social and small-world networks, where they reflect how many short paths connect two vertices.

Computing every effective resistance exactly requires the pseudoinverse of the Laplacian, which costs far more than the size of the graph. Section 4 of the paper shows that all of them can be approximated in nearly linear time: a random projection compresses the relevant vectors to O(log⁡n)O(\log n)O(logn) dimensions, and the projected vectors are obtained from O(log⁡n)O(\log n)O(logn) calls to a fast approximate Laplacian solver (Spielman–Teng). This mission formalizes the deterministic statement that makes this procedure correct, Lemma 9: approximate solves, at a stated accuracy, do not destroy the approximation that the random projection provides.

Setting

Let G=(V,E,w)G=(V,E,w)G=(V,E,w) be a connected, simple, weighted undirected graph with n=∣V∣n=|V|n=∣V∣ vertices, edge set EEE and edge weights we>0w_e>0we​>0. Orient every edge arbitrarily, so that it has a head and a tail. The signed incidence matrix B∈RE×VB\in\mathbb R^{E\times V}B∈RE×V has B(e,v)=1B(e,v)=1B(e,v)=1 if vvv is the head of eee, −1-1−1 if vvv is its tail, and 000 otherwise. With WWW the diagonal matrix of weights, the Laplacian is L=BTWBL=B^{\mathsf T}WBL=BTWB, a symmetric positive semidefinite matrix whose kernel is spanned by the all-ones vector when GGG is connected. Its Moore–Penrose pseudoinverse is L+=∑λi≠0λi−1uiuiTL^+=\sum_{\lambda_i\neq 0}\lambda_i^{-1}u_iu_i^{\mathsf T}L+=∑λi​=0​λi−1​ui​uiT​, where uiu_iui​ are orthonormal eigenvectors of LLL with nonzero eigenvalues λi\lambda_iλi​.

For a vertex uuu let χu\chi_uχu​ be its indicator vector. The effective resistance between uuu and vvv is

Ruv=(χu−χv)TL+(χu−χv),R_{uv}=(\chi_u-\chi_v)^{\mathsf T}L^+(\chi_u-\chi_v),Ruv​=(χu​−χv​)TL+(χu​−χv​),

and Re=RabR_e=R_{ab}Re​=Rab​ for an edge eee with endpoints a,ba,ba,b. The LLL-norm of y∈RVy\in\mathbb R^Vy∈RV is ∥y∥L=yTLy\|y\|_L=\sqrt{y^{\mathsf T}Ly}∥y∥L​=yTLy​. Let wmin⁡w_{\min}wmin​ and wmax⁡w_{\max}wmax​ be the smallest and largest edge weights.

A resistance sketch is a k×nk\times nk×n matrix ZZZ (columns indexed by VVV) with

(1−ε)Ruv≤∥Z(χu−χv)∥2≤(1+ε)Ruvfor all u,v,(1-\varepsilon)R_{uv}\le\|Z(\chi_u-\chi_v)\|^2\le(1+\varepsilon)R_{uv}\quad\text{for all }u,v,(1−ε)Ruv​≤∥Z(χu​−χv​)∥2≤(1+ε)Ruv​for all u,v,

where ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is the Euclidean norm. In the paper, Z=QW1/2BL+Z=QW^{1/2}BL^+Z=QW1/2BL+ for a random ±1/k\pm1/\sqrt k±1/k​ matrix QQQ with k=O(log⁡n/ε2)k=O(\log n/\varepsilon^2)k=O(logn/ε2), and the Johnson–Lindenstrauss lemma makes it a sketch with high probability. Write ziz_izi​ and z~i\tilde z_iz~i​ for the iii-th rows of ZZZ and of an approximation Z~\widetilde ZZ, as vectors in RV\mathbb R^VRV.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 9 (p. 11)

Let 0<ε<10<\varepsilon<10<ε<1. If ZZZ is a resistance sketch, if every row satisfies

∥zi−z~i∥L≤δ∥zi∥L,(4)\|z_i-\tilde z_i\|_L\le\delta\|z_i\|_L,\tag{4}∥zi​−z~i​∥L​≤δ∥zi​∥L​,(4)

and if

δ≤ε32(1−ε)wmin⁡(1+ε)n3wmax⁡,(5)\delta\le\frac{\varepsilon}{3}\sqrt{\frac{2(1-\varepsilon)w_{\min}}{(1+\varepsilon)n^3w_{\max}}},\tag{5}δ≤3ε​(1+ε)n3wmax​2(1−ε)wmin​​​,(5)

then for every pair u,vu,vu,v

(1−ε)2Ruv≤∥Z~(χu−χv)∥2≤(1+ε)2Ruv.(1-\varepsilon)^2R_{uv}\le\|\widetilde Z(\chi_u-\chi_v)\|^2\le(1+\varepsilon)^2R_{uv}.(1−ε)2Ruv​≤∥Z(χu​−χv​)∥2≤(1+ε)2Ruv​.

The lemma is stated for arbitrary kkk, ZZZ and Z~\widetilde ZZ: nothing about the random projection or the solver enters beyond (4) and the sketch property.

Milestones

  • Trace identity (§3, p. 8): ∑eweRe=n−1\sum_{e}w_eR_e=n-1∑e​we​Re​=n−1 for a connected graph.
  • Proposition 10 (p. 12): Ruv≥2/(nwmax⁡)R_{uv}\ge 2/(nw_{\max})Ruv​≥2/(nwmax​) for distinct vertices u≠vu\neq vu=v of a connected simple graph.

Significance

Lemma 9 is the correctness half of the paper's Theorem 2: together with a Johnson–Lindenstrauss lemma and the Spielman–Teng solver it yields a data structure, built in O~(mlog⁡r/ε2)\widetilde O(m\log r/\varepsilon^2)O(mlogr/ε2) time, that returns any effective resistance to within a factor (1±ε)2(1\pm\varepsilon)^2(1±ε)2 in O(log⁡n/ε2)O(\log n/\varepsilon^2)O(logn/ε2) time. This in turn makes the effective-resistance sampling of the paper's Theorem 1 run in nearly linear time, and the same sketch-and-solve pattern has been reused in later work on Laplacian solvers, graph sparsification and electrical-flow algorithms.

The result is proved in the paper. Formalizing it produces machine-checked statements of three facts that recur throughout spectral graph theory: the trace identity ∑eweRe=n−1\sum_e w_eR_e=n-1∑e​we​Re​=n−1 (Foster's theorem in its weighted form), the lower bound on effective resistances by comparison with the complete graph, and the stability of a resistance sketch under relative LLL-norm errors. Neither Mathlib nor this platform states any of them for the linear-algebraic definition of effective resistance used here.

Difficulty

The hypothesis (4) controls the error row by row, in the LLL-norm on RV\mathbb R^VRV, while the conclusion concerns the columns of Z~\widetilde ZZ applied to χu−χv\chi_u-\chi_vχu​−χv​, in the Euclidean norm on Rk\mathbb R^kRk, and it is a relative bound for every pair at once. A relative bound cannot hold unless RuvR_{uv}Ruv​ is bounded below uniformly over all pairs of distinct vertices, which is where the factors n3n^3n3, wmin⁡w_{\min}wmin​ and wmax⁡w_{\max}wmax​ of (5) come from. Such a lower bound is false for multigraphs, whose parallel edges can make RuvR_{uv}Ruv​ arbitrarily small, and the relation between the LLL-norm of a row and the Euclidean norms of the columns involves every edge of the graph, not only a path between uuu and vvv.

Proposition 10 is classically derived from Rayleigh's monotonicity law. Its standard formal statement on this platform concerns the probabilistic definition of effective resistance through hitting probabilities of a random walk, which is a different definition from (χu−χv)TL+(χu−χv)(\chi_u-\chi_v)^{\mathsf T}L^+(\chi_u-\chi_v)(χu​−χv​)TL+(χu​−χv​); no theorem relating the two is available.

Formalization scope

The graph is a structure WGraph V E over finite types VVV (vertices, n=n=n= Fintype.card V) and EEE (edges), with head, tail : E → V, head e ≠ tail e, weights w : E → ℝ with 0 < w e. Connectivity is that of the underlying simple graph (Mathlib's SimpleGraph.Connected, which includes V≠∅V\neq\emptysetV=∅); simplicity means that no two edges join the same unordered pair. Matrices are Mathlib matrices indexed by EEE and VVV. L+L^+L+ is the published Moore–Penrose pseudoinverse HarmonicGames.Decomposition.pinv of x↦Lxx\mapsto Lxx↦Lx on the Euclidean space RV\mathbb R^VRV, converted back to a matrix; for symmetric LLL this is the spectral pseudoinverse of §2.2. ∥Zx∥2\|Z x\|^2∥Zx∥2 is the sum of squares of the coordinates, not Lean's sup norm. n3n^3n3 is the real number n3n^3n3.

Choices committed to, relative to the page:

  • wmin⁡w_{\min}wmin​, wmax⁡w_{\max}wmax​ are any reals with 0<wmin⁡≤we≤wmax⁡0<w_{\min}\le w_e\le w_{\max}0<wmin​≤we​≤wmax​ for all edges; the exact extremes are an instance, and looser bounds only make (5) and Proposition 10 weaker.
  • ε\varepsilonε is assumed to satisfy 0<ε<10<\varepsilon<10<ε<1; the paper gives no range, and for ε≥1\varepsilon\ge1ε≥1 the square root in (5) has a non-positive argument.
  • The graph is assumed simple in Lemma 9 and Proposition 10. Proposition 10 is false for multigraphs (two parallel unit edges give R=1/2<1=2/(nwmax⁡)R=1/2<1=2/(nw_{\max})R=1/2<1=2/(nwmax​)), and the proof of Lemma 9 uses it.
  • Proposition 10 is stated for u≠vu\neq vu=v. As printed it claims all u,vu,vu,v, which fails at u=vu=vu=v since Ruu=0R_{uu}=0Ruu​=0.
  • The trace identity requires connectivity only.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal does not assume the intermediate inequality ∣∥Zx∥−∥Z~x∥∣≤(ε/3)∥Zx∥|\|Zx\|-\|\widetilde Zx\||\le(\varepsilon/3)\|Zx\|∣∥Zx∥−∥Zx∥∣≤(ε/3)∥Zx∥ of the proof, nor a stronger condition on δ\deltaδ than (5); its hypotheses are satisfiable (for example Z~=Z\widetilde Z=ZZ=Z with Z=W1/2BL+Z=W^{1/2}BL^+Z=W1/2BL+ and δ=0\delta=0δ=0), and its conclusion is not vacuous for n≥2n\ge2n≥2.

Infrastructure that a complete development needs, and that is reusable beyond this mission: the identity L+LL+=L+L^+LL^+=L^+L+LL+=L+ and LL+LL^+LL+ as the projection onto 1⊥\mathbf 1^\perp1⊥ for a connected Laplacian; the trace identity; Loewner-order monotonicity of RuvR_{uv}Ruv​ in the edge weights; and the effective resistances of the complete graph. Contributions of any of these as separate lemmas are welcome. The random projection (Johnson–Lindenstrauss) and the solver's running time are outside this mission.

Selected references

  • D. A. Spielman, N. Srivastava, Graph Sparsification by Effective Resistances, arXiv:0803.0929v4, 2009; SIAM J. Comput. 40(6), 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/0803.0929, https://doi.org/10.1137/080734029
  • D. A. Spielman, S.-H. Teng, Nearly-linear time algorithms for preconditioning and solving symmetric, diagonally dominant linear systems, arXiv:cs/0607105. https://arxiv.org/abs/cs/0607105
  • D. Achlioptas, Database-friendly random projections: Johnson–Lindenstrauss with binary coins, J. Comput. Syst. Sci. 66(4), 2003. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0022-0000(03)00025-4
  • P. G. Doyle, J. L. Snell, Random Walks and Electric Networks, MAA, 1984. https://arxiv.org/abs/math/0001057
5 thms1 active userReviewed
Probability·Captain: marwahaha

Nonuniqueness of percolation on nonamenable quasi-transitive graphsOpen Problem

Motivation

On an expanding infinite graph, the appearance of an infinite open cluster and the appearance of a unique one can occur at different densities. The source seeks a nonempty interval where infinitely many infinite clusters coexist. The source is OpenAI's September 2026 manuscript.

Setting

In bond percolation, edges are independently retained with probability ppp. The critical threshold pcp_cpc​ records appearance of infinite clusters; pup_upu​ records uniqueness. The intermediate operator threshold records boundedness on ℓ2\ell^2ℓ2 of the two-point connection kernel.

Formalization targets

pc<p2→2≤pu,∥Tpc∥<∞,p_c<p_{2\to2}\le p_u,\qquad\|T_{p_c}\|<\infty,pc​<p2→2​≤pu​,∥Tpc​​∥<∞,

For a bond graph G, given by a map from an edge type E to unordered pairs of vertices in an infinite vertex type V, that is connected, locally finite (each vertex lies in finitely many edges) and quasi-transitive (finitely many vertex representatives such that every vertex is the image of one under an automorphism of G acting on vertices and edges), and whose vertex isoperimetric constant hV(G), the infimum over nonempty finite vertex sets A of |outer vertex boundary of A|/|A|, is strictly positive, the MainConclusion holds for Bernoulli bond percolation on G. Writing pc for the infimum of parameters p at which an infinite cluster occurs with positive probability, pu for the infimum of p at which there is almost surely exactly one infinite cluster, ptwo for the supremum of p at which the two-point function τ_p(x,y)=P_p(x connected to y) is the matrix kernel of a bounded operator on ℓ²(V), and operatorNorm(p) for the infimum of operator norms of such operators, valued in [0,∞], the conclusion has four parts. First, the supremum of operatorNorm(p) over p<pc equals operatorNorm(pc). Second, operatorNorm(pc) is finite. Third, pc<ptwo≤pu. Fourth, there exist p₁<p₂<1 with pc<p₁ such that, for almost every i.i.d. uniform [0,1] edge labelling, for every p in [p₁,p₂] the configuration of edges with label at most p has infinitely many infinite clusters. The proof is omitted (sorry) in the source.

The goal is OAI.Percolation.BenjaminiSchramm.full_main. Supporting targets are listed below; they retain their individual hypotheses and are separate statements.

  • cayley main.
  • critical laws.
  • arbitrary cayley.

Significance

The full goal also identifies the critical norm as the supremum from below and supplies simultaneous nonuniqueness over a fixed interval under the uniform-label coupling. Supporting statements cover critical laws and Cayley graphs. The manuscript presents a mathematical argument; the attached goal currently has status Open, so the requested contribution is a Lean proof of the displayed formal target.

Difficulty

A separate almost-sure statement at each parameter does not establish one event valid for every parameter in an interval. Critical operator control must also survive the passage to the threshold itself.

Formalization scope

The graph has infinitely many vertices, is connected and locally finite, has finitely many vertex orbits, and has positive vertex isoperimetric constant. Thresholds lie in the unit interval; operator norms may take extended nonnegative values. The independent Cayley definition group is retained separately.

The shared definitions are supplied by BenjaminiSchramm, CayleyPercolation. The target uses Lean 4.33.1 with the pinned Mathlib environment. Contributions should preserve the existing statement and develop reusable supporting lemmas in its definitions.

Selected references

  • OpenAI, Nonuniqueness of percolation on nonamenable quasi-transitive graphs, preprint, September 2026. Manuscript.
  • OpenAI, accompanying Lean statement. Pinned source.
6 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 6 of 9Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me